HeatEnginesVol 2 PDF
HeatEnginesVol 2 PDF
VOLUME II
(IN SI UNITS)
By
Late Prof. R. C. Patel
B.E.TMech.) Hons., B E. (Elect.) Hons..
A.R.C.S.T. (Mech.) Hon., (Glasgow).
M Sc. (Birmingham),
F.I.E. (India), F.I.A.E. (India), M.I.S.T.E., M.I.F.M.. M.I.I.M.
Former Vice Chancellor
M.S. University of Baroda, BARODA.
AND
Late C. J. Karamchandani
D.M.E.E. (Karachi),
Senior Lecturer (Retd.).
Mechanical Engineering Department.
Polytechnic.
M.S. University of Baroda, BARODA.
ACHARYA PUBLICATIONS
Opp. Gandhi Nagar Gruh, Vadodara - 3 9 0 001
A ll R ights R eserved b y the A uthors
This book or any part thereof, must not be reproduced in any form or translated
without the prior written permission from the Authors.
Rs. 100-00
P ublished b y :
Shri J. C. Shah, Proprietor - Acharya Publications, Opp. Gandhi Nagar Gruh, Vadodara-390 001.
Printed b y :
Surendra J. Shah at Parijat Printery, 288/1, Ranip - 382 480 Dist. Ahmadabad, Gujarat, INDIA
Typeset b y :
Parijat Shah B.Com., A.C.A. *
PARIJAT SHAH & ASSOCIATES, Plot No. 288/1, Ranip - 382 480 Dist. Ahmadabad, Gujarat, INDIA.
Preface to the Sixteenth Edition
It is a matter of great satisfaction to the author of this book that he is required to bring out
the Sixteenth Edition of this volume in such a short span of time. This by itself speaks in
favour of this book in regard to its usefulness and popularity among engineering students.
The author will very thankfully appreciate suggestions from readers for the improvement
of the book.
The author thanks Shri J. C. Shah of Acharya Publications, Vadodara and Shri Surendra
J. Shah of Parijat Printery, Ahmadabad, for getting the book printed so nicely and in time.
Vadodara
June, 1997 C. J. K a ra m ch a n d a n i
Preface to the Second Edition
The second edition has been rewritten in M.KS. Units to comply with the decision of the All
India Council of Technical Education for change over in the System of Units. As most of the
Universities and State Technical Education Boards have switched over to M.K.S. Units, the authors
feel that this edition would be quite useful both to the teachers teaching the subject and to the
students.
The major part of the book is overhauled to enhance the utility of the book, by making it more
lucid in expression, more simplified in the subject matter and by suitable modification in the general
arrangement and addition of subject matter at some places without unduly increasing the size of
the book.
The authors take this opportunity of thanking all those who have been good enough to draw
our attention to some of the slips that had inadvertently crept in the first edition and those who
offered valuable suggestions and comments with a view to make the book really one of the best of
its kind. The authors will gratefully appreciate all constructive comments and suggestions from the
readers.
Before concluding, the authors feel it their duty to thank Sarvashri M.C. Karamchandani, B.E.
(Mech.), Hon., M.M. Patel, B.E.(Mech.), K. H. Patel, B.E. (Mech.), M.C. Shah, B.E. (Mech.), B.C.
Patel, D.M.E., B.C. Karamchandani, D.M.E., for checking the calculations and reading through the
proofs. Our thanks are also due to Shri Karkhanis for redrawing the sketches. Our sincere thanks
are also due to the publishers for getting the book published in time.
Baroda R. C. Patel
1st July, 1966 C. J. Karamchandani
Preface to the First Edition
This volume is intended for the use of students preparing for the final diploma examinations
in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering of the Universities and State Technical Boards.
Despite the fact that several books on this subject of Heat Engines have been written and
published, the long felt need of many Indian Diploma students for a Book covering completely the
Heat Engines Syllabus written in a simple style has led the authors to bring out this volume in the
form most suitable for Indian students preparing for the above examinations.
This book which is an outcome of a very long experience of the authors in the teaching of the
subject, has a special feature. Neat and simple diagrams to be found herein have gone a great way
in simplifying the subject matter and have made its presentation instructive and interesting.
Another useful feature of this book is a large number of examples at the end of each chapter,
which are fully worked out to inspire faith and confidence in the students, who otherwise cram
theory without understanding and fail to apply theory rightly and correctly in solving examples.
These worked out examples may help the students not only to understand clearly the basic
principles underlying them, but may also lead them to attempt without frustration the solution of
examples of varied types appearing in examination papers. The practice problems added at the end
of each chapter are for the benefit of students and the teachers who may use the book.
The authors found it more convenient to cover the entire Heat Engines Syllabus in three
volumes (Volume I, II and III). This has prevented the volume from being too bulky. Volume I is
intended, for the use of students preparing for the second year diploma examinations in Mechanical
and Electrical Engineering, Volume II for the final year diploma Examination in Electrical
Engineering, and Volumes II and III for the final year diploma Examination in Mechanical
Engineering.
Utmost care has been taken in numerical calculations. They are made with the aid of slide rule,
and no pains have been spared to avoid errors. And yet it is too much to be sure that all slips and
errors have been detected and rectified. Authors will, therefore, very thankfully appreciate
comments and suggestions from readers for the improvement of the book.
The authors will feel delighted and more than compensated if the book satisfies the end in view
and meets with the need of students.
Before concluding, the authors feel it their duty to thank Shri M.C. Karamchandani, B.E.
(Mech.) of the Polytechnic, Baroda for carefully going through the manuscript and checking it as
also for solving examples.
The authors also take this opportunity of expressing their thankfulness to Shri Jayantilal C.-
Shah of M/s. Acharya Book Depot, Baroda for getting the volume published so nicely and in time.
Baroda R. C. Patel
1st July, 1962 C. J. Karamchandani
CONTENTS
Preface Pages
Cooling
water, Water box
Water
box
Cooling
water
To wet
air pump
Fig. 1-5. Two-flow surface condenser.
The exhaust steam from the engine enters at the top of the condenser and is condensed
by coming in contact with the cold surface of the tubes through which cooling water is
being circulated. The cooling water enters at one end of the tubes situated in the lower
half of the condenser and after flowing to the other end returns in the opposite direction
through the tubes situated in the upper half of the condenser. The resulting water from
the condensation of the exhaust steam and the air associated with the uncondensed
water vapour, are extracted from the bottom of the condenser where the temperature is
the lowest, so that the work of the wet air pump is reduced.
The surface condenser of this type requires two pumps, namely, wet* air pump to
remove air and condensate, and a water circulating pump to circulate the cooling water
under pressure through the tubes of the condenser. Steam driven reciprocating pumps
are used, but electric driven centrifugal pumps are used very extensively (commonly) for
circulating water and condensate removal. Steam ejectors are also sometimes used for
air removal.
Surface condensers may be classified as, two-flow or multi-flow condensers. Surface
condenser, as illustrated in fig. 1-5, is a two-flow condenser because the circulating water
traverses (travels) the whole length of the ‘condenser twice. By introducing more partitions
in the water boxes, the condenser may be converted into a three-flow condenser or even
four-flow condenser. The velocity of cooling should be increased with the increase of
number of flows. The rate of transmission of heat through the tubes to the circulating
water, increases with the increase of number of flows, but the power required to circulate
> the water is increased.
Another way of classifying surface condensers
is according to the direction of flow of exhaust
.A ir cooling steam viz. down-flow, central flow, inverted flow, etc.
/s e c t io n
w baffle Figure 1-6 shows a sectional view of a down
To air flow condenser. The exhaust team enters at the
extraction
pump top and flows downwards over the tubes through
which the cooling water is flowing. The exhaust
lUbes steam as a result is condensed and the condensate
■To condensate is extracted from the bottom by the condensate
extraction pump
extraction pump. The cooling water enters at one
Fig. 1-6 . Schematic view of a down flow surface end of the tubes situated in the lower half of the
condenser.
STEAM CONDENSERS 7
condenser and after flowing fo the other end returns in the opposite direction through
the tubes situated in the upper half of the condenser. The temperature of condensate,
therefore, decreases as the exhaust steam passes downwards, and hence partial pressure
of steam decreases from top to bottom of the condenser. The air exit is shielded from
the down stream of the condensate by means of a baffle plate, and thus air is extracted
with only a comperatively small amount of water vapour. As the air passes downwards,
it is progressively cooled and becomes denser (partial pressure of air increases) and
hence it is extracted from the lowest convenient point. In a condenser of this type,
therefore, the partial pressure of steam decreases, the partial pressure of air correspondingly
increases, as the mixture passes from top to the bottom of the condenser. The result of
all these effects is that the condensate temperature falls below the the exhaust steam
temperature which enters at the top. Thus, by cooling the air, the capacity of the air
pump is considerably reduced. (See illustrative problem-15).
In Central Flow Surface Condenser (fig. 1-7), the suction pipe of the air extraction
pump is placed in the centre of the tubes nest; this causes the condensate to flow
radially towards the centre as shown by the arrows in the figure. The condensate leaves
at the bottom where the condensate extraction pump is situated. The air is withdrawn
from the centre of the nest of tubes. This method is an improvement on the down flow
type as the exhaust steam is directed redially inward by a volute casing around the tubes
nest; it has thus access to the whole periphery of the tubes.
Where the supply of cold water is extremely limited, the evaporative condenser is
Tubes
To a ir
extraction
pump
Tocon den sate
extraction pump
Fig. 1-7. Sectional view of a central flow surface condenser. Fig. 1-8. Evaporative condenser.
the only suitable type which can be run on a minimum supply of cooling water, and even
without cooling water in cold weather and on light loads. Exhaust steam from the engine
is exhausted into a coil of grilled pipes or series of tubes, the outlet of which is connected
to the wet air pump (fig. 1-8). Cooling water is allowed to flow in a thin film over the
outside of the tubes. A natural or forced air current causes rapid evaporation of this film
of water.The effect of this is that not only the steam inside the tubes is condensed but
some of the cooling water is also evaporated on the outside of the tubes. The process
of evaporation cools the water. The film of water on the outside of the tubes is maintained
by allowing water to trickle (fail) over them continuously.
The water which is not evaporated falls into an open tank or collecting tank under
the condenser, from which it can be drawn by circulating water pump and used over
8 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
again.The evaporative condenser is placed outside In the op'en air. On account of nuisance
which would result from the production of clouds of steam, this type of condenser is
restricted to small power plants.
1.6 Com parison o f Jet and Surface Condensers
Jet condensers have low first cost, occupy small space, and attain high vacuum.
However, they have more air to remove which requires large air pumps. In large plants,
jet condensers are not used because, apart from the loss of the condensate, the power
consumption of jet condenser pumps and the first cost of the water and air pumps,
out-weigh the advantage of the high vacuum produced by them.
Surface condensers provide both higher vacuum and the recovery of the condensate.
The construction of surface condenser is more complicated, and its first cost is greater.
It occupies large space, and attention required is greater than in the case of a jet
condenser. It provides pure feed water for the boilers which out-weighs its disadvantages.
The necessity of having pure feed water for the boilers makes the use of a surface
condensers universal for marine services.
1.7 Sources o f A ir in Condensers
Following are the chief sources o f air found in condensers :
... Air leaks in condenser from atmosphere at the joints of the parts which are internally
under a pressure less than that of atmosphere- The amount of air leaking in,
mainly depends upon the accurate workmanship and can, with care in the design
and making of the-vacuum joints, be reduced to a very small quantity.
... Air also comes in with the steam from the boiler into which it enters dissolved in
feed water. The amount of air coming in depends upon the treatment the feed
water receives before it enters the boiler. The air entering through this source is
relatively small.
... In case of jet condensers, some air comes in with the injection water (cooling
water) in which it is dissolved.
In the surface condensers of well designed and properly maintained steam turbine
plants, the amount of air entering condensers is about 5 kg per 10,000 kg of steam.
With reciprocating steam engines, the air entering is about 15 kg per 10,000 kg of steam.
In case of jet condensers the amount of air dissolved in injection water is about 0-5
kg per 10,000 kg of water.
The important effects of presence of air in the condenser are as follows :
... With the increased amount of air in the condenser the condenser pressure or back
pressure is increased. This reduces the useful work done in the primemover.
Presence of air also lowers the partial pressure of steam and therefore lowers the
saturation temperature of steam. With the lowering of the saturation temperature,
the evaporation enthalpy (latent heat) of steam increases and therefore more
cooling water will be required in the condenser.
1.8 Measurement o f vacuum
The vacuum in a condenser is usually expressed in millimetres of mercury and it is
the difference between the barometric pressure (or barometric height) and absolute pressure
in condenser (fig. 1-9). In order to know the absolute pressure in the condenser, both
the vacuum gauge and barometer must be read. The difference between the barometer
and vacuum gauge readings will give the absolute pressure in the condenser.
Barornetric pressure is a variable quantity and varies from place to place. Hence, it
is more convenient for the purpose of comparison to refer vacuum gauge readings to a
STEAM CONDENSERS 9
muu3DV standard barometer of 760 mm of mercury (or 1-01325
9punp
bar).
Standard or corrected vacuum in mm of Hg.
= 760 mm of mercury - absolute pressure in
condenser in mm of Hg.
no0.°
= 760 mm of Hg -
Barometer reading Vacuum gauge reading] ...(1.1)
9)u)02dA in mm of Hg. “ in mm of Hg.
m. «'»uE29iq
lM w bno) —r* Since one standard atmosphere = 760 mm of Hg =
<e 1-01325 bar (101-325 kPa),
c * 3 760
U o
% 3 <d 1 bar = 1-01325 = 750 mm of Hg>
I
o
— J — LU
CD
£
CD 1-01325
Pressure equivalent of 1 mm of Hg =
760
YiuaisM-
= 0-001333 bar or = 0-1333 kPa.
Problem-1 : The vacuum guage reading in a condenser
is 714 mm o f Hg when the barometer reads 759 mm.
Fig. 1-9. Measurement of vacuum. In another case the vacuum is 709 mm o f Hg while the
barometer is 756 mm. Correct these vacuum gauge readings to the standard barometer
o f 760 mm.
If the barometric pressure is raised to 760 mm without any change in absolute
pressure in condenser, then mercury in the vacuum gauge will rise to (760 - 759) +
714 = 715 mm, i.e. the standard or corrected vacuum gauge reading is 715 mm o f Hg.
Similarly, corrected vacuum gauge reading in the second case will be
(760 - 756) + 709 = 713 mm o f Hg.
1.9 Estim ation o f Q uantity o f Cooling Water
To find the quantity of cooling water necessary to condense a given quantity of steam
is a problem of asimple heat exchange between two fluids.
Let mw m mass of cooling water required in kg per hr.,
ms m. mass of exhaust steam condensed in kg per hr.,
ts = saturation temperature of the exhaust steam (corresponding to the condenser
vacuum),
fc = temperature of the condensate leaving the condenser,
t-, m inlet temperature of cooling water,
t2 = outlet temperature of the cooling water,
x = dryness fraction of exhaust steam enerting the condenser,
L = enthalpy of evaporation of exhaust steam entering the condenser, in kJ/kg.
and
K = specific heat of cooling water = 4-187 kJ/kg K.
The exhaust steam entering the condenser is usually slightly wet even when steam
supplied to the steam engine or steam turbine is usually superheated^ The exhaust steam
(wet steam) on condensing gives up first all its evaporation enthalpy xL and then a
portion of its sensible enthalpy (ts - tc ) due to the coofing of the condensate below
the saturation temperature corresponding to the vacuum; this latter effect is due to air
which leaks into the condenser. The heat given up or lost by the exhaust steam per
10 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
hour in condensing is, therefore, equal to ms [xL + (fe - fc)] kJ/kg. The heat removed
or gained by cooling water per hour is equal to mw (fe - ti) kJ/kg.
Assuming that all the heat given up (lost) by wet exhaust steam in condensing is
removed (gained) by the cooling water, ,
i.e. heat lost by exhaust steam in kJ per hour = heat gained by cooling water in kJ
per hour.
i.e. ms[xL + (ts - tc)K\ = mw (fe - u) K
The mass of cooling water required per hour,
n u lx L * K it , - fc)] ....(1.2a)
K(fc - (i) k9™ '
and dryness fraction of exhaust steam entering the condenser,
...(1.2b)
* ' L
The above equations apply to surface condenser only. Since in je t condenser steam
and cooling water mix together, the temperature of the condensate fc will be the same
as that of the outlet temperature of cooling water fe, i.e. tc = te. The mass of cooling
water mw kg per hour that is necessary to condense ms kg of exhaust steam per hour
in case of a jet condenser will be given by the expression
_ ms[xL + K(ts - fe)] , ... (1.3a)
Wfc - h )— kg per hour,
and the dryness fraction o f exhaust steam entering the jet condenser,
- a) - K (U - fe ) ...( 1 .3 b )
x L
Problem-2 : In a surface condensing plant the following data were obtained :
Temperature o f exhaust steam entering the condenser ... 4267°C
Temperature o f condensate leaving the condenser ... 35°C
Inlet temperature o f cooling water ... 165°C
Outlet temperature o f cooling water ... 30°C
Quantity o f cooling water per hour ... 46,250 kg
Quantity o f condensate per hour ... 1,190 kg
Calculate the dryness fraction o f exhaust steam entering the condenser.
From steam (pressure) tables, pressure of steam corresponding to 42-67°C is 0 085
bar. .
From steam (pressure) tables, at 0.085 bar, L = 2,400-3 kJ/kg.
Let the unknown dryness fraction of exhaust steam entering the condenser = x.
Then, heat lost by one kg o f exhaust steam of dryness fraction x at 42-67°C (0 085
bar) in condensing to water at 42-67°C and in being cooled from 42-67°G to 35°C
= xL + K (ts - tc) = 2,400-3x + (42-67 - 35) x 4-187 kJ per kg of steam.
Heat removed or gained by cooling water per kg o f exhaust steam
= Mass of cooling water required to condense one kg exhaust steam x specific
heat of water x rise in temperature of cooling water.
STEAM CONDENSERS 11
mw 46 250
= — (t2 - fi) K * , ' (30 - 16-5)4-187 = 2,196-9 kJ per kg of exhaust steam.
rn§ i j 1yu
Neglecting losses,
heat lost by 1 kg of exhaust steam = heat gained by cooling water per kg of exhaust
steam
i.e. 2,400-3x + (42-67 - 35) 4-187 = 2,196-9
/. x m 0-902 (dryness fraction of exhaust steam entering the condenser)
Alternatively, using eqn. (1.2b), dryness fraction of exhaust steam entering the condenser,
mw
(t2 - t,)K - (fs - tc)K
x - 5
46 250
1 190 (30 " 16,5) 4 1 8 7 - (42 67 - 35)4*187
x = — *------------------------2 400 3---------------------------- = (same as before)
685 685
= 0-9481 or 94-81 %
7 6 0 -(0 -0 5
X 750) 722-5
Actual vacuum
or Vacuum efficiency =
vacuum corresponding to saturation
temperature of condensate
Actual vacuum 685 = 0-9481 or 94-81 %(same as before).
Ideal vacuum 760 - 37-5
STEAM CONDENSERS 15
Problem-8 : In a surface condenser test the following observations were made :
Vacuum TOO mm o f Hg; barometer 765 mm o f Hg; mean temperature o f condensation
3&16°C; hotwell temperature 30°C; mass o f cooling water 47,500 kg/hour; inlet temperature
o f cooling water 17°C; outlet temperature o f cooling water 32°C; mass o f condensate
1,500 kg/hour. Find : (a) the mass of air present per m3 o f condenser volume, (b) the
state o f exhaust steam entering the condenser, and (c) the vacuum efficiency.
Take R = 0-287 kJ/kg K for air.
(a) Total or combined pressure of steam and air in the condenser,
47 500
• (3 2 - 17) 4 1 8 7 - (36-16 - 30) X 4-187
x = —!------------------------ n n---------------------------- = 0-8126 (same as before)
2,415-9
Hence, mass of water vapour (steam) associated with this air = g o ^ g • 0:00223 kg.
Mass of the steam carried over in the air discharged = 0-5793 kg/m in.
Problem-12 : A surface condenser deals with 12,500 kg o f steam per hour. The leakage
air in the system amounts to 1 kg per 2,500 kg o f steam. The vacuum in the air pump
suction is 705 mm o f Hg (barometer 760 mm o f Hg) and the temperature is 34*C.
Compute the suction capacity o f the wet a ir pump which removes both air and condensed
steam in rri3 per minute, taking volumetric efficiency o f the air pump as 80 percent.
If the a ir pump is single-acting and runs at 1 r.p.s. and piston stroke is 1-25 times
the diameter o f the pump, find the dimensions o f the air pump.
Take R = 0-287 kJ/kg K for air.
From steam (temperature) tables, at 34°C, partial pressure of steam, ps m 0-05324 bar.
Combined absolute pressure of steam and air in the condenser,
Pm = 760 - 705 = 55 mm Hg = 55 x 0-001333 - 0-07315 bar.
Hence, by Dalton's law, the partial pressure of air,
pa — Pm — Pa — 0-07315 - 0-05324 - 0-01991 bar.
12 500
Mass of air leakage in the condenser per min, m* = 2*500 x 6 0 * 0-0834 k9-
Applying the characteristic equation for air, pava - maRaTa,
Volume of air leakage in the condenser per minute,
_ maRaTa _ 0-0834 x (0-287 x 103) x (34 + 273) = g ^ m3
Pa " (0-01991 x 10?)
12 500
Mass of steam condensed per min. = — ^ — kg
03
20 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
4 x 81 233 3. /'
1-25 x 3*14 “ “ 43-583 cm (diameter of air pump),
and air pump piston stroke, I = 43-583 x 1-25 = 5448 cm
Problem-13 : A je t condenser has to condense 3,800 kg o f steam per hour. The volume
o f the injection water used is 290 m3/hour and its initial temperature is 25°C. The volume
o f air at atmospheric pressure dissolved in the injection water is 5 % o f the volume o f
water. The air which comes in with the steam and that which leaks into the condenser
amounts to 5 kg per 10,000 kg o f steam. The vacuum in the air pump suction is 675
mm o f Hg (barometer 760 mm o f Hg) and the temperature o f condensate is 36- 15m C.
Determine the suction capacity o f the wet a ir pump in m3 minute to remove the air
and water from the condenser. The volumetric efficiency of the air pump is 80% and the
mass o f one m3 of. a ir at 0°C and atmospheric pressure o f 1-01325 bar (N.T.P) is 1-293 kg.
760 - 675
Total pressure (of steam and air) in the condenser, pm = — --- = 0-1133 bar
750
From steam (pressure) tables, partial pressure of steam, ps at 36-16°C is 0-06 bar.
Hence, from Dalton’s law of partial pressures, the partial pressure of air,
pa = Pm - Ps = 0-1133 - 0 06 = 0-0533 bar
volume of air dissojved in the injection
= 290 x - 5 - = 14-5 m3/hr.
water at atmospheric pressure and 25°C I uu
Volume of this air at N.T.P. (0°C and atmospheric pressure 1-01325 bar) dissolved
1-01325 x 14-5 1-01325 x va\
in the injection water is given by
(25 + 273) (0 + 273)
vai =13-28 m3 per hr.
Volume of air dissolved in injection water at N.T.P., v&\ = 13-28 m3/hr.
5
Mass of leakage air = 3,800 x —— ~ - 1-9 kg/hr.
1UjLKJU
1*9 3
Volume of this leakage air at N.T.P., Va2 = ” 1-47 m /^ r-
This volume (0-2458 m3) of air at 1-01325 bar and 0°C (N.T.P.).
Volume of this air (va) at 0-0533 bar and 36-16°C is given by
1-01325 x 0-2458 0-0533 x va
0 + 273 , “ 36-16 +273
Va = 5-292 m3/min.
3 800 3
Volume of condensate per min. = ’ .. = 0-0633 m .
60 X 1,000
290 3
Volume of injection water per min. = = 4-833 m
Volume of mixture (air, condensate and injection water) actually discharge per min.
= 5-292 + 0-0633 + 4-833 = 10-1883 m3.
10*1883 3
Suction capacity of the wet air pump =— ^ — = 12-735 m /m in
STEAM CONDENSERS 21
It may be noted that the volume of condensate is negligible in comparison with the
volume of injection (cooling) water and air.
Problem -14 : A condenser is to deal with steam o f dryness fraction 0 9 5 and temperature
37-63°C, a t the rate o f 5,000 kg/hr. If the estimated air leakage is 5 kg/hr., determine :
(i) the water flow lost from the feed circuit in kg per-hr., (ii) the air pump capacity in
m3 per hr., and (Hi) the additional heat required to be supplied in the boiler in kg/hr. as
a result o f undercooling for condensate temperatures o f 36-16°C, 3288°C, 3062°C and
28 08°C. Take R = 0 2 8 7 kJ/kg K for air.
The total absolute pressure at entry to the condenser is equal to the sum of partial
pressure of air and saturation pressure of steam entering the condenser. This total pressure
is assumed as constant throughout the condenser, since the velocity of steam flow is .
small.
Referring to fig. 1-12,
Exhaust steam At 37-63°C, partial pressure of steam,
01376/0 0*95 dry ps = 0 065 bar, and specific volume of dry saturated
steam at 37-63°C, vs = 22-014 m3/kg (from steam
tables). The total volume of steam entering the con-
denser/hr.,
v = x x vs x 5,000
= 0-95 x 22-014 x 5,000 = 1,04,600 m3/hr.
Air associated with this steam at 37-63°C is 5 kg.
By Dalton’s law, the associated air volume is equal
to volume of steam.
Hence, air volume, va = 1,04,600 m3/hr.
maRaTa
Now, partial pressure of air, pa = — - —
The amount of steam flow lost with this air = -§P°'25 ka/hr
Vs ‘
Amount of steam flow lost from feed circuit, ms = = 37-1 kg per hr.
#oy
_ - ms 37-1
.-. The ratio, — = ——1 - 7-42
ma 5
The steam is entering the condenser at 37* 63cC. The condensate temperature is
36-16°. Therefore condensate is cooled below saturation temperature, i.e. 37-63°C. The
cooling of condensate below saturation temperature is known as undercooling. As a result
of this, additional heat to be supplied in the boiler will increase.
At 36-16°C, the additional amount of heat supplied.
= 5,(XX) x (37-63 - 36-16) x 4-187 - 30,800 kJ/hr.
Similarly, calculations can be made for the condensate temperatures of 32-88°, 30-62°C
and 28-08°C and results be tabulated as under :
Condensate temp., °C 36-16 32-88 30-62 28-08
Air pump capacity, m3/hr 880-25 291-85 207-08 15978
Water flow lost from the circuit, kg/hr.37-1 10-35 6-51 4-37
ms/ma 7-42 2-07 1-302 0-874
Additional heat required to be
supplied in boiler, kJ/hr. 30,800 99,400 1,46,800 2,00,000
The following effects o f the reduction in condensate temperature can be derived from
the above table :
— Water flow lost from the feed circuit decreases with decrease in condensate temperature,
— Air pump capacity decreases with decrease in condensate temperature. This reduces
the power required for driving air pump,
— Additional heat is supplied in the boiler, as a result of reduced temperature of feed water.
This decreases the efficiency of the cycle.
Evidently a compromise must be made between the conflicting requirements of lesser
loss of feed water, low capacity of airpump, and high condensate temperature, i. e. low
capacity of air pump without undercooling. This is made possible by using down flow
surface condenser as shown in fig. 1-6. Further improvement in performance can be
obtained by using central flow surface condenser as shown in fig. 1-7. In this type of
condenser, condensate temperature approaches that of the steam at inlet.
Problem-15 : A steam condenser fitted with separate air and condensate pumps, has
portion o f tubes near the air pump suction screened off and the condenser tubes at this
point contain the coldest water. Explain the object o f this arrangement.
In such a condenser, the temperature o f entering steam is 37-63°C, o f the condensate
is 3&16°C, and o f the air entering the pump is 35-58°C. If the quantity o f air entering
the condenser is 2-25 kg/hour, calculate the volume o f air dealt with by the air pump in
m3/hour. Compare this with the amount o f air to be handled using a combined air and
condensate pump. Assume constant vacuum throughout the condenser, and condensate
temperature to be unaltered. Take R = 0287 kJ/kg K for air.
Referring to fig. 1-13, from steam (Pressure) tables, at 37-63°C, partial pressure of
steam, ps = 0-065 bar.
The partial pressure of air at entiy is very small and can be neglected. Hence, total
pressure in the condenser (pm) may be taken as 0-065 bar.
STEAM CONDENSERS 23
A t air pump suction temperature is 35-58°C.
Exhaust steam
At 35-58°C, partial pressure of steam, ps =
0 055 bar [from steam (pressure) tables].
Tubes .*. From Dalton’s law of partial pressures, partial
pressure of air,
A ir cooling
Pa = Pm - Ps = 0 065 - 0-055 = 0-01 bar.
's t ir
Applying the characteristic equation for air,
^j^T o dry •. , PaVa = maRaTa,
a ir pump Volume of air at air pump suction to be dealt
1 5 -5 *t with by the air pump,
„ To
- condensate pum* maRaTa 2-25 x (0-287 x 103) (35-58 + 273)
36-16 X
v* 0-01 x 105
Fig. 1-13. Surface condenser fitted with air cooling
section baffle. - 199-266 m3/hour.
When the condenser is not screened
A t condensate extraction pump, temperature is 3&16°C.
At 36-16°C, partial pressure of steam, Ps = 0-06 bar [from steam (pressure), tables].
Partial pressure of air (if cooling had not been provided),
Pa = Pm - Ps = 0-065 — 0-06 = 0-005 bar.
Applying the characteristic equation for air, pava = maRaTa,
Volume of air to be dealt with by the air pump,
. " M * . 2-25 »(0-287 x IQ3) (36-16 + 273) _ ^ ^ m3/h o u f
P« 0-005 x 105
Thus the capacity of air pump is reduced to about half, by screening a section o f
tubes (that is, the air is cooled) near the air pump suction.
Problem-16 : Explain the benefit of fitting an air cooling section to the steam condenser.
In a surface condenser, a section of the tubes near by pump is screened o ff from
steam so that air is cooled to a temperature below that of the condensate, separate
extraction pumps being provided to deal with air and condensate respectively. The steam
condensed per hour is 4,500 kg and the air leakage is 4 kg per hour. The temperature
o f the steam entering the condenser is 3288°C, temperature o f condensate at entrance
to the air cooler is 30-62°C, and the temperature at the air pump suction is 26-19°C.
Assuming a constant vacuum throughout the condenser, find : (a) the volume o f air
in m3 to be dealt with by the air pump per hour, (b) the mass o f the steam condensed
in the air cooler per minute, and (c) the percentage reduction in the air pump capacity
following the cooling o f the air. Take R = 0287 kJ/kg K for air.
(a) From steam (pressure) tables, at 32-88°C, partial pressure of steam, ps = 0-05
bar and specific volume of steam = 28-192 m3/kg.
.*. Total volume of dry steam per hour = 28-192 x 4,500 = 1,26,864 m3, and
from Dalton’s law, this volume is also the volume of 4 kg of air per hour.
Applying the characteristic equation for air, pava = maRaTai partial pressure of air,
maffaTa 4 x (0-287 x 103) (32-88 + 273) -
pa = ------------= *---- -------- *-»---------------- 1 = 0-0000276 bar, which is negligib e.
105 x 1,26,864
24 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
Hence the total pressure, pm in the condenser may be taken as 0*05 bar.
A t a ir pump suction, temperature is 26-19°C.
Partial pressure of steam at 26-19°C, ps = 0034 bar (from steam pressure tables).
.*. From Dalton’s law of partial pressure, partial pressure of air,
Pa = Pm - Ps = 0 05 - 0 034 = 0 016 bar.
Applying the characteristic equation for air, pava = maRaTai
Volume of air to be dealt with by the air pump,
va « = - * -(0287 x 103) (26-19 + 273) _ ^ m W
Pa 0 016 x 105
(b) According to Dalton’s law, 214*67 m3 is also the volume of steam. Specific volume
of steam at 26*19°C (0*034 bar) = 40*572 m3/kg (from steam tables).
Hence, mass of steam mixed or _ 214*67 n-08fl2 k
removed with the air per minute 60 x 40*572 “ ®
When condenser is not screened.
A t entrance to air cooler, condensate temperature is 30-62°C.
Partial pressure of steam at 30*62°C, ps m 0*044 bar [from steam (pressure) tables].
/. Partial pressure of air (if cooling had not been provided)
Pa = Pm - Ps = 0*05 - 0*044 - 0*006 bar
Applying the characteristic equation for air, pava = maRaTa
Volume of air to be dealt with by the air pump,
v,a _ m° R* T* » 4 x (0*287 x 103) x (30*62 + _273) =q f a
Pa (0*006 X 105)
And from Dalton’s law, this volume (580*92 m3 per hr.) is also the volume of steam
per hour.
Specific volume of steam at 30*62°C (0*044 bar) = 31*806 m3/kg (from steam tables)
580*92
.*. Mass of steam associated with air per minute = — g g s - 0*3044 kg.
oU x ol'oUb
.*. Mass of steam condensed in the air cooler per minute
= 0*3044 - 0*0882 = 0*2162 kg.
. > Percentage reduction in the air pump 580*92 - 214*67 o*6305 or 63*05%
' ' capacity due to cooling of air 580*92 ° ^ ^
The air cooling section reduces the required capacity o f the air pump and the mass
o f water vapour removed by the air pump.
The benefit of fitting an air cooling section to the condenser is explained on page 7.
1.14 Cooling Water Supply
In marine practice and land practice adjacent to sea, the sea provides an ideal source
of cooling water. In land practice, a river or canal may provide an ample supply of cooling
water, for which reason, large power stations are built on the banks of -rivers.
Where the supply of condensing water is limited, as when supplied by wells or brought
from a water supply undertaking, it may be cooled and used again. This may be done
in various ways. Where the adjacent land is cheap, a large open water cooling spray
pond can be installed, into which warm condensing water from the surface condenser is
STEAM CONDENSERS 25
led at one end and with-
drawn from the other end
after being cooled. The cool-
ing effect is mainly due to
evaporation from the surface
of water, and may be in-
creased by a system of
piping and spray nozzles
over the cooling pond, from
which the warm water is
B= allowed to issue out as a
777^ fine spray (fig. 1-14). The
disadvantage o f a spray
0=
pond, however, is that a
7773 large amount o f water may
Sectional elevation be lost in windy weather.
Fig. 1-14. Cooling pond with spray nozzles.
The most compact ar-
rangement is water cooling tower which can be of the open or closed type. In the closed
or chimney type of cooler, which is commonly used, the troughs and hurdles are fixed
within a casingmade of timber, steel or ferro-concrete. The casing is provided with large
air openings near the base. Air enters at these openings and rises upward by natural
draught.Most of the cooling towers are provided with chimneys, the purpose of which is
to create an upward current of air, although in restricted places, forced fan draught is
some times employed. Fan draught is also used in tropics, where the air and water
temperature difference is so small, that a reversal of air current might occur if natural
draught water were depended upon.
Wooden and steel towers are usually of rectangular section, some 25 to 30 metres
high, while largest reinforced concrete towers are built 50 metres high. These are of
circular cross-section and can be made of double hyperbolic (longitudinal section) in order
to obtain a venturi effect. This produces air velocity increasing to maximum at the smallest
cross-section of the tower where the warm water is introduced.
In the ferro-concrete hyperbolic cooling tower, il-
lustrated in fig. 1-15, the hot condensing water is
pumped to troughs which are placed about 10 metres
above the ground level. Nozzles situated in the bottom
of the troughs, project the water on to spray cups,
which thin out jets of water into sheets. These sheets
of water break up under the action of gravity and
hurdles, and fall into a pond or tank situated below the
tower. The falling water gives up its heat to the rising
column of air.
The cooling tower is built over a tank into which
cooling water collects. The cooling water is pumped
from the tank and returned to the condenser. Make up
water must be supplied with all these cooling arrange-
ments and in the case of cooling towers, some 3 to
Fig. 1*15. Ferro-concrete hyperbolic 5 P6'0®'1* <* "a y have to be replaced.
coding tower. Of the methods, the cooling pond is much cheaper,
but the cooling results obtained from the cooling towers, are better.
ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
Tutorial -1
Delete the phrase which is not applicable from tie folowing statements :
(i) The primary object of a condenser is to maintain a very low/high backpressure on theexhaust side
of the steam engine or steam turbine.
(ii) The fewest possible exhaust pressure in case of a condensing steam turbine plant is less^iigher than
that of a condensing steam engine. *
(ill) A jet condenser is a much simpler and less costly/complicated and more costly piece of apparatus as
compared to a surface condenser.
(iv) In case of a marine steam power plant a jet condenser / a surface condenser is used.
.(>4 Locomotive steam engines are generally condensing / non-condensing engines.
(vi) In a surface condenser, the exhaust steam and the cooling water do not/do come in direct contact.
(vii) The work output of steam engine will increase if its back pressure is increased/decreased.
[(i) high, (ii) higher, (iii) complicated and more costly, (iv) a jet condenser, (v) condensing, (vi) do, (vii) increased]
Fill inthe blanks to complete Ihe folowing statements :
(i) A vessel having vacuum of 60 cm of Hg will have absolute pressureequal t o ______ mm of Hgwhen
barometer reads 750 mm of Hg.
(ii) A pump which extracts both air and condensate from the condenser is known a s pump.
(iii) A pump which extracts moist air only from the condenser is known a s pump.
(iv) Ih e vacuum gauge reading in a condenser is 713 mm of Hg when Ih e ‘barometer reads 758 mm of
Hg. The corrected vacuum gauge reading to standard barometer of 760 mm in this case i s mm
of Hg.
(v) By Dalton's law, air and steam occupy the same at their partial pressures and have Ihe same
temperature.
(vi) The secondary object of a condenser is to supply to the ___ pure and hot feed water.
[ (I) 150, (ii) wet air, (Hi) dry air, (iv) 715, (v) volume, (vi) boiler]
Indicate the correct answer out of the suggested groups of phrases :
(i) Air from a condenser is extracted from
(a) the coldest zone in the condenser
(b) Ihe hottest zone in the condenser
(c) any where in the condenser
(d) the centre of the condenser.
(ii) Air from a condenser is extracted from Ihe coldest zone because
(a) the amount of air to be handled by the air pump willbe low
(b) the air removed from the coldest zone will containleastwater vapour
(c) less work is required to operate the air pump
(d) air pump of lower quality can be used.
(iii) Vacuum efficiency of condenser would be 100% if
(a) there were no air present in Ihe condenser
(b) there were maximum air present in Ihe condenser
(c) the temperature of condensate fails below saturation temperature
(d) the condenser is of surface type.
(iv) In surface condensers provided on steam turbines, 1he amount of air leakage should not exceed
(a) 10 kg/10,000 kg of steam condensed
(b) 5 kg/10,000 kg of steam condensed
(c) 10 kg/1,000 kg of steam condensed
. (d) 5 kg/1,000 kg of steam condensed.
(v) In surface condensers provided on steam engines, 1he amount of air leakage is about
(a) 5 kg/10,000 kg of steam condensed
(b) 10 kg/10,000 kg of steam condensed
(c) 15 kg/10,000 kg of steam condensed
(d) 20 kg/10,000 kg of steam condensed.
f(i) a, (ii) b, (iii) a, (iv) b. (v) c]
STEAM CONDENSERS 27
4. What Is the function of a condenser in a modem steam condensing power plant*
The vacuum in the condenser is 716 mm of Hg when the barometer reads 748 mm. in another case
the vacuum in the condenser is 705 mm of Hg when the barometer reads 754 mm. Correct these vacuum
gauge readings to a standard barometer of 760 mm.
[728 mm; 711 mm]
5. Stale the different types of steam -condensers. Sketch and described the working of any one of them.
The following particulars relate to a test of the surface condenser of a steam turbine :
Absolute pressure of the exhaust steam entering the condenser, 0-06 bar; temperature of condensate,
32’C; temperature of cooling water at inlet and outlet, 15*C and 30*C; respectively; mass of coding water
per kg of steam, 32 kg. Assuming that all the heat lost by the exhaust steam is taken up by the cooling
water, determine the drynes fraction of the steam as it enters the condenser.
[0825]
6. Taking the data of the proceeding problem except the final temperature of the cooling water is to be taken
to apply to a jet condenser, calculate the mass of injection (cooling) water required per kg of exhaust
steam.
[32-15 kg]
7. Compare the merits and demerits of surface condensers over jet condensers.
Exhaust steam having a dryness fraction of 0.85, enters a surface condenser at a pressure of 0-1 bar
and is condensed to water at 38*C. The coding water enters at 15*C and leaves at 30*C. Calculate the
- mass of cooling water required per kg of exhaust steam.
(32-9 kg]
8. (a) Enumerate the sources of air leakage in a steam condenser. Briefly state the effects of air leakage into
a condenser.
(b) Explain Dalton's law of partial pressures as applied to the condenser of a steam plant
9. The temperature in a condenser is 37’C (corresponding saturation pressure is 0-06281 bar) and the vacuum
is 700 mm of Hg (barometer 755-2 mm Hg). Correct the vacuum gauge reading to a standard barometer
of 760 mm of Hg and hence determine ; (i) the partial pressures of steam and air, and (ii) the mass of
air associated with one kg of steam. Take R = 0-287 kJ/kg K for air.
[704-8 mm Hg; (i) 0-06281 bar, 0-010606 bar, (ii) 0-27104 kg]
10. (a) What do you understand by ‘partial pressure' as applied to the condenser of a steam plant and what
Is the law connecting them ?
(b) A closed vessel of 0-35 m3 capacity contains saturated water vapour and air at a temperature of 42-67‘C
and pressure of 0-1336 bar. Due to further air leakage into the vessel, the pressure rises to 0-253 bar
and temperature falls to 36-16*C. Calculate the mass of air which has leaked in. Take R = 0£87
kJ/kg K for air. v -
(0-0573 kg]
11. State the law of partial pressures and show how it applies to the condenser of a steam plant
The following observations were made on a condensing plant in which the temperature of condensation
was. measured directly by thermometers : the recorded vacuum was 710 mm of Hg (barometer 765 mm),
mean temperature of condensation 35-58'C, temperature of hot-well 28*C, mass of condensate per hour
2,000 kg, mass of cooling water per hour 64,000 kg, inlet temperature of coding water 14-5’C, outlet
temperature of coding water 30*C.
Find : (a) the state of steam entering the condenser, and (b) the mass of air present per m ' of
condenser volume.
[84-52% dry; (b) 0-0207 kg|
12. In a surface condenser, the following data were .obtained :
. Temperature of exhaust steam entering the condenser, 42-67*C; temperature of condensate leaving the
condenser; 35*C; inlet temperature of condenser cooling water 17-5 C; outlet temperature of condenser
coding water, 31 *C; quantity of condenser coding water per hour, 46,250 kg; quantity of condensate per
hour, 1,190 kg. Calculate the dryness fraction d exhaust steam entering the condenser.
(0-903)
13. What do you understand by the term Vacuum Efficiency’ of a condensing plant ?
The vacuum at the steam inlet to a condenser is found to be 710 mm of Hg (barometer 760 mm)
and the temperature d steam in the condenser is 36-16*C. Find the vacuum efficiency. [993 %]
14. Define the term- "Vacuum efficiency'd condenser. On what factors does this efficiency depend T
Steam enters a condenser at a temperature of 35-58‘C and the barometer standing at 749 mm, a
28 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
vacuum of 703 mm of Hg was produced. Determine the vacuum efficiency.
[99-34%]
15. (a) Explain fully the importance of a low vacuum in steam turbine practice.
(b) In a particular steam power plant, air is believed to leak into the condenser. To check whether this
is so, the plant is run until the conditions are steady and then the steam supply from the engine is
shut off; simultaneously the air and condensate extraction pumps are closed down, so that the condenser
is isolated. At shut down, the temperature and vacuum are observed to be 39*C and 702 mm of
mercury respectively. After five minutes these values were 26-19*C and 483 mm of mercury. The
barometer reads 757 mm of mercury. The effective volume of the condenser is 0-57 m3.
Determine from the data, the mass of air leakage into the condenser during Ihe observed period.
Assume R « 0-287 kJ/kg K for air.
[0-2178 kg]
16. Define the term 'condenser efficiehcy* of a steam condensing plant
The following data were obtained from a test of a surface condenser :
Inlet temperature of circulating water ... 21 *C
Outlet temperature of circulating water ... 35’C
Vacuum in the condenser ... 707.5 mm Hg
Barometer ... 760 mmHg
Determine the efficiency of the condenser.
[77-78%]
17. Enumerate the sources of air leakage in a condenser and describe briefly with suitable sketches any one
method you know for extracting air from a condenser.
The temperature of the steam entering a surface condenser is 45-81 *C and the temperature at the air
pump suction is 42-67*C. The barometer reading is 754 mm of mercury. Find : (a) the condenser vacuum,
and (b) the vapour pressure and the air pressure near to the air pump suction.
If the effective capacity of the air pump on the suction stroke is 11 m3 per minute find : (i) the mass
of air entering the condenser per minute, and (ii) the mass of steam carried over per minute in the air
discharged from the air pump.
Assume that the air pump deals with moist air only and not with the condensate.
[(a) 679 mm Hg; (b) 0.085 bar; 0-015 bar; (i) 0-18033 kg/min; (II) 0-6433 kgAnin.]
18. (a) Describe in detail the various methods used in steam power condensing plants to obtain the highest
possible vacuum.
(b) Discuss the factors which may influence the efficiency of a condensing plant
(c) The vacuum at the air extraction pump ina condenser is 706 mm of mercury (barometer 760 mm)
and the temperature is 37-63*C. The air leakage into the condenser is 5 kg per 10,000 kg of steam.
Determine : (i) the volume of air to be dealt with by the dry air pump per kg of steam entering the
condenser, and (ii) the mass of water vapour associated with this air.
[(i) 0-0637 m3, (ii) 0-0029 kg]
19. (a) What is the function of an air pump in a steam power condensing plant ?
(b) A surface condenser deals with 5,000 kg of steam per hour. The air leakage into the condenser is 0.5
kg per 1,000 kg of steam. The vacuum in the air pump suction is 670 mm of mercury (barometer 755
mm of mercury) and the temperature is 34*C (corresponding saturation pressure from steam tables Is
0-05324 bar). Find the volumetric efficiency of a single-acting air pump required to remove the condensate
and air having cylinder diameter of 24 cm and stroke of 40 cm. The speed of the air pump is 1 r.p.s.
[64-21%]
20. What factor contribute to loss of efficiency in a surface condenser ?
The air pump, for the removal of the air and condensed steam, for a surface condenser is single-acting
and has a diameter of 40 cm and a stroke of 60 mm. The air pump speed is 60 r.p.m. The mass of the
condensed steam per minute is 75 kg. The pressure in the air pump suction is 0-06 bar and the temperature
is 32-88*C (corresponding saturation pressure is 0 05 bar). Taking the volumetric efficiency of the air pump
as 80 per cent calculate the mass of air passing through the air pump per 10,000 kg of steam condensed.
(5-406 kg]
21. Make a neat diagrammatic sketch of a barometric jet condenser and exp|ain its working.
A condenser of this type deals with 400 kg of steam per hour, maintaining a vacuum of 625-75 mm
of mercury-, the barometer standing at 754 mm. The entering steam has a dryness fraction of 0-95 and
the air leakage amounts to 0-3 kg per 100 kg of steam. The cooling water has an initial temperature of
STEAM CONDENSERS 29
15*C and the mixture of water and condensate leaves at 37*C. The temperature at the air pump suction
is 42-67*C.
Determine : (i) the mass of water vapour removed along with the air per hour, and (ii) the mass of
cooling water required per hour.
[(0 0-7069 kg; (ii) 10,005 kg]
22. Describe with a neat sketch the working of a two-flow surface steam condenser.
Exhaust steam having a dryness fraction of 0-8 enters a surface steam condenser where the vacuum
is 695-25 mm of mercury (barometer 759 mm) and is condensed to water at 37-63*C. The temperature of
hot-well is 32-9*C. The circulating water enters at 15'5*C and leaves at 30*C. Determine : (a) the mass of
the air extracted per kg of steam, (b) the mass of circulating water required per kg of steam, and (c) the
vacuum efficiency.
[(a) 0-494 kg; (b) 32 27 kg; (c) 97-9%]
23. Describe briefly, with sketches, some form of a surface condenser.
Steam consumption of a turbine installation is 40,000 kg perhour, thequantity of airleaking in is 24
kg per hour, and the swept volume of air pump is 17.4 m per min.
Find the volumetric efficiency of the dry air pump when the vacuum in the airpump suction is725
mm of Hg (barometer 770 mm) and temperature is 26-19*C.
Take R = 0-287 kJ/kg for air.
[75-92%]
24. Make a diagrammatic sketch of a counter-flow low level jet condenser and explain itsworking.
25. Describe briefly, with the aid of a sketch, any one type of condenser air pump.
26. Make a neat diagrammatic sketch of a two-flow surface condenser with an air pump and explain its working.
27. Describe, with neat sketches, a modern surface steam condenser showing how the air is cooled before K
enters the air extraction pump.
28. Describe and arrangement suitable for reducing the water vapour loss at the air extraction of a condenser.
29. What is undercooling in a surface condenser ?State its merits and demerits.
30. What do you understand by 'undercooling' in a surface condenser ? Discuss its effect on the following :
(i) power required for air extraction pump,
00 make-up water required, and
(iii) efficiency of the cycle.
31. Explain the benefit of fitting an air cooling section to the steam condenser.
In a surface condenser a section of tubes near the pump suction is screened off so that the air is
cooled to a temperature below that of the condensate, separate extraction pumps being provided to deaf
with air and condensate respectively. The steam condensed per hour is 15,000 kg and air leakage is 12
kg per hour. The temperature of the steam entering the condenser is 32.88*C, temperature of condensate
at entrance of the air cooler is 30.62*C, and the temperature at the air pump suction is 25-16*C. Assuming
a constant vacuum throughout the condenser, find :
(a) the mass of steam condensed in the cooler per hour,
(b) the volume of air in m3 per hour to be dealt with by the airpump, when thecondenser isnot screened
and,
(c) The percentage reduction in the air pump capacity folbwing the cooling of the air.
[(a) 41 -522 kg, (b) 1,743 m3, (c) 67-27]
32. Describe, with a neat sketch, the operation of :
(0 an evaporative condenser, (ii) an ejector condenser, (iii) a steam jet air ejector, (iv) Edward's air pump,
and (v) a high-level jet condenser.
33. What is the function of cooling tower in a modem condensing plant ?Describe with sketches theconstruction
and working of any one type of cooling tower.
2
COMPOUND
STEAM ENGINES
2.1 Introduction
A simple steam engine may be defined as one in which each of the engine cylinder
receives steam direct from the boiler, and exhausts into the atmosphere or into a condenser.
In modern steam engine practice high pressure steam is used, as the use of such a
steam gives greater efficiency, and the plant requires less floor space per unit power
developed. But if high pressure steam is used with a large range of expansion in a
single-cylinder engine, serious difficulties and disadvantages follow. To overcome the
difficulties and obtain certain advantages, compound or multiple-expansion steam engines
are built.
Compound engine is one in which the steam from the boiler expands to a certain
extent in one cylinder and then exhausts into a larger cylinder, where the expansion may
be completed. The first cylinder is called the high-pressure or H.P. cylinder, while the
second is called the low-pressure or LP . cylinder. A compound steam engine with two
cylinders is called duplex steam engine.
The expansion of the steam may be carried out in three or even four cylinders in
succession as in the case of triple expansion or quadruple expansion engines. The H.P.
cylinder, in such a case, is that in which the first expansion stage is performed and the
L.P. cylinder is that in which the last expansion stage is performed. The cylinders between
H.P. and L.P. cylinders are known as intermediate pressure cylinders or I.P. cylinders.
Compound steam engines are generally condensing engines.
The main objections to working the high pressure steam through large range of
4 expansion in a single-cylinder are :
... The cylinder must have a large volume for the required amount of expansion and
it must be sufficiently strong to withstand safely the maximum pressure. The
working parts of the engine have to be made large enough to transmit the
maximum load. Therefore, a single-cylinder engine is excessively heavy and costly
in proportion to the power developed.
... If the high pressure steam is expanded down to the condenser pressure in one
cylinder, the stroke of the piston will be very large.
... The large range of steam pressure (pressure difference) between the initial pressure
and exhaust pressure, causes a correspondingly large range of temperature in
-the cylinder. This causes condensation of steam since the high pressure hot steam
will come in contact with relatively cold cylinder during admission period. Conden-
sation of steam is a source of loss of power and also causes mechanical trouble
in the cylinder. The accumulation of water in the clearance space might cause
excessive pressure to break the cylinder head.
COMPOUND STEAM ENGINES 31
2J2 Advantages
The following are the advantages of multiple-expansion (compound) steam engines :
... Temperature range in each cylinder is reduced, with a corresponding reduction in
initial cylinder condensation and temperature stresses. The temperature range is
the difference between the highest and lowest temperatures of steam within the
cylinder.
... Re-evaporation of moisture at the end of expansion stroke in H.P. cylinderd adds
to the live steam supply to L.P. cylinder.
... If simple engine is to utilise the same expansion ratio as a compound engine, its
cylinder will have to be made strong enough to withstand the high pressure steam
and large enough to accommodate the large volume of low pressure steam at
the end of expansion. The thickness required for cylinder walls depends on the
maximum pressure to which they are subjected and the diameter of the cylinder.
In compound engine the high-pressure cylinder only is subjected to maximum
pressure, but its diameter is small. This results in reduction in total weight of
cylinders.
... The uniformity of turning moment is improved due to the possible out of phase
crank arrangement (different pistons are coupled to separate cranks) and also due
to the fact that the pressure difference at the beginning and end of the strokes
is reduced and in turn reduces the maximum load on the piston.
... Better mechanical balance is achieved, which allows adoption of higher speeds.
The higher speed gives improved thermal economy.
... The forces on the working parts are reduced as the forces are distributed over
more components of the engine.
... The leakage of steam past the pistons and valves is reduced due to the reduced
pressure difference across them.
... The steam can be re-heated after expansion in one cylinder before entering the
next cylinder which will reduce cylinder condensation.
... The compound steam engine may start in any position which is an advantage for
locomotives and marine engines.
... The engine may be modified to run at reduced load, at the time of breakdown.
This is an advantage for marine propulsion.
2.3 Types
Compound steam engines may be divided into two main classes, namely,
— Tandem compound steam engine, and
- Cross compound steam engine.
Cross compound steam engines
may be further classified as
Woolfe type and Receiver type
compound steam engines.
In Tandem Type of compound
* steam engine, the cylinders are so
arranged that they have a common
axis, have a common piston rod and
st*am from boiitr working on the same crank (fig.
(oi Schematic’tiagram 2-1 a). These cylinders may be
Fig. 2-1. (a) Schematic diagram
32 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
regarded as having cranks at zero
degree to each other. The exhaust
from the H.P. cylinder passes directly
into the L.P. cylinder, as both the
pistons are at the end of their strokes
at the same time. As the cycles of
the two cylinders are in phase, the
maximum turning moment, due to
each cylinder, will act at the same
time as shown in fig: 2-1 b. The
turning moment in this type of engine
9(f 135* iwf 225* 270* is, therefore, not uniform which is a
A n g u la r p o s i ti o n of c r a n h — disadvantage. Since the torque is
(b) turning monfrnt diagram not uniform, a larger flywheel is re-
(b) Turning moment diagram quired. However, the tandem ar-
Fig. 2-1. Tandem type compound steam engine, rangem ent gives constructional
economy in view of the fewer components (parts) of the engine.
In W oolfe Type of compound steam engine, the cylinders are arranged side by side
with their axis parallel to each other as shown in fig. 2-2. In an engine of this type with
two cylinders, the cranks of the two cylinders are at 180° to each other. The piston of
the H.P. and L.P. cylinders, begin and end their strokes together. The time during which
the exhaust takes place in the H.P. cylinder coincides more or less with the time of
admission of steam to the L.P. cylinder. The exhaust steam from the H.P. cylinder passes
directly into the L.P. cylinder. The expansion is therefore, continuous during he stroke.
Since the two cranks are at 180° to each other, the two cycles are in phase and this
causes large variation in the turning moment on the crankshaft. This is the same
disadvantage as in the case of tandem type engine.
In Receiver Type of compound steam engine, cranks of the two cylinder are placed
at 90° to each other. The arrangement of cylinders is same as in the Woolfe type, As
the cranks are at 90° to each other, steam from the H.P. cylinder cannot, exhaust directly
into the L.P. cylinder. In order to overcome this difficulty, a container known as receiver
is used (fig. 2-3). The H.P. cylinder exhausts steam into this receiver while the L.P.
Receiver
H R cylin d er /L P. cylinder
,t V 7 -14 ■ ' VI
5
c H R cylinder L.R cylinder
o
JO
i 1
jm .
*
C
o
u
J c/
I— r \ 'U
*I
E
o
t t o
w.
o
.o J J J e S
at 6
E
.C
IX
\A
o
mm 111 oS
o O 5?
•> 6 •s W
Cn •-* o
o at
l- w
o in
\ /
, K
til
'= 33 E? "3
a
C
_
Ot/t
£ o_r
-C
X
.•X’ursi Ui
1 r
-Piston
rods
Q- w
(1,2)
Hg. 2-2. Schematic diagram of a Woolfe
type compound steam engine. to
Fig. 2-3. Schematic diagram of a receiver type compound
steam engine having cranks at 90s each other.
COMPOUND STEAM ENGINES 33
cylinder draws steam from the receiver. The receiver acts as a reservoir. The resultant
turning moment (fig. 2-4a) in the receiver type compound engine is more uniform as the
two cycles are out of phase by 90°, which is an advantage. With three-cylinder engine,
the cranks are arranged at 120° to each other, which will result in still more uniform
turning moment on the engine crankshaft as shown in fig. 2-4b.
---------------------------- ■ i— —
L o w p i e s s u r e d l e a d c e n t r e s - f .
^ V - R e s u l t a n t X
% \ t o i r q u e / > ] M
' N \
l
/ /
\ J 7
A \ T /
f x V '
i g h \ > O W ' \ e a n \ > y /
E e s s u r e
J K 7 4•
\ t p r ) * s s u ^ , e \ u i r q u e
V '
z *
\ /
. \
3o r t \ ; \ •
& h V *
f
' ►
V.
i
o %
V t X. i \
X / \ /
• w
H i g h
( C
p r e
e n
s s
t r e
u r e d e a d
. . m
s i
■ f - r — I ------------------- \ ’ i n
R e s u I t a n t t o n u e , M e a n t o r q u e
I
j /
i J
' S j g h p r e s s u r e d e d d c e r i t r e s j h p r e s s u r e c u o f f
f H i !
V
■v ■V k
/
*
\
/ V
/ " * N
« •
/ \ / *
\ • /
\ # « / \ •
0
% / > >
\
• c N
> i
a/ 9 •
• / i
/
Z3 •
/
\ 0
) ] % \
O' % \
• / 0
</
4 $ V 0
/ \ %
i /
/ V / \
>
/ > V /
• > r
\
/
yh
\ / \ •
N (\
•
•
A .
■«*
I . P . " H . R V L . R
0* 30* 60* 90* 120° 1SOT 180* 210° 240° 270* 300* 330* 36Cf
A n g u la r position of crank ----------►
Va
Cylinder volume ratio or ratio of cylinder volumes, r = —
vz.
Ratio of expansion in H.P. cylinder, n
vi
Va
Ratio of expansion in L.P. cylinder, =—
Va
Ratio of expansion for whole engine or total number of expansion, R - —
V3 V4 VA
= P3 x — x — - Pb x
r V4 VS 1 + VS
... (2.5)
“ (1 + loge (ri)| - p3 = r H (1 + loge (r2)} - pb
Hence (c/i)2 = 0 0917 m2 and dr = 0-303 m, i.e. 30-3 cm (dia. of H.P. cylinder)
*4
Now, — = 3-2 v2 x 3-2 = 0 054 x 3-2 = 0-173 m3
38 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
(P i - P 3) x ^ ( d i ) 2 - (P i - pb) x ^ (c fe )2
P i - P3 = (P3 - Pb)
*2 = — = — --------- 1-85
Fig. 2-8. 12V3 0-5388
*
COMPOUND STEAM ENGINES 39
Pi [1 + log® ri] - p3
Pm h.p.
n
7-5
[1 + loge2] -1 *7 4 - 4-61 bar (M.E.P. of H.P. cylinder)
pi vi 1 + logel—
V\ - P3V2
. Va
P3 V3 1 + ogJ— - PbVA
^ V3 \
fV4
1 + loge Pb x “
VS
-
yi u; 1
But, — = cut-off ratio in H.P. cylinder = 0-4, —
VS 1 V4 cylinder volume ratio 3*6
va . 3
— = expansion ratio in L.P. cylinder = —
Applying hyperbolic relation, between points of cut-off in H.P. and L.P. cylinders,
V\ V3
P1V| = P3V3 i.e. pi x — x * pg x — x V4
i.e. 12*5 x 0 4 x vz = pa x x V4
O
12-5
0-4 X 3 X vs I 2 5 x Q'4 x 3 x - 2 08 bar
.*. Receiver pressure, p 3 =
2 V4 2 3-6
Substituting the values the eqn, (i), we have,
= f ^ (1 + loge R) - pb bar
12-5
= 0-66 (1 + loge 8-4) - 0-3
8-4
= 2-87 bar.
yy Using eqn. (2.2), Indicated power
Volume 2 x 105 x M.E.P. x ^ (d z f x l x N
________________ 4 _______
kW
1,000
Fig. 2-11.
42 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
149
Cut-off in L.P. cylinder, — - — 0-577 of stroke.
7 V4 /!3 2-58
Problem-6 : A double-acting compound steam engine receives steam at 10 bar and
exhausts a t 0-3 bar. The overall expansion ratio is 10 to 1 and expansion is hyperbolic.
The engine runs at 200 r.p.m. with an overall diagram factor o f 0-7 and a mechanical
efficiency o f 80% when developing brake power o f 150 kW. Determine : (a) the swept
volume o f the LP . cylinder, and (b) the swept volume o f the H.P. cylinder for equal work
to be done in the two cylinders. Neglect clearance and receiver losses.
(a) Referring to fig. 2-12,
V3
The overall expansion ratio, R = — = 10
KH> V\
IX
and overall diagram factor, f - 0-7.
' ! \ «1 200
I i V - p* ’ c W = -go r.p.s.
J 1 \
f 1
2 t 1 A Using eqn. (2.1), M.E.P. referred to L.P.
i2
cylinder
a9mw i
\
1
1 f [Pi (1 + log* R) - Pb
R
O. ! LP. ! ^ 5 |3
: S = 0-7 ^ ( 1 + loge 10) - 0-3 2-1 bar
0*3
Let V3 = swept volume of L.P. cy inder in m'.3 .
• \•
1
------------- 1------------ •V Total indicated power in kW
Volume 150 105 x 2-1 X V3 X 2 X 200/60
0-8 1,000
COMPOUND STEAM ENGINES 43
.*. V3 - 0*134 m 3 (swept volume of L.P. cylinder).
(b) For equal work to be done in the two cylinders, neglecting receiver losses, area
of p - v diagram of the H.P. cylinder = area of p - v diagram of the L.P. cylinder.
l.e. pi vi + pi vi log® —
'vs\ , (V3\
- pzvz - pzvz + P 2 VSlog® — - P4V3
...(0
pi vi 1 + log® - pzvz - pzvz 1 + log* - P4V5
■5
Since the curve 1 - 2 - 3 is hyperbolic, p iv i - p& 2
Dividing eqn. (0 by p iv i, we have
P4V3
1 + log®
^vsj " P ivi
VS1 V31 0-3 x 10
••• lo9® ITTI 1 07
v \f - «09a
-
10 x 1
vs vz (v *r
A log® x — 0-7 i.e. log® 07
vi ts 00134 + 0134
2
(vs)
.-. 2 014 - (as log® 2 014 = 0-7)
0 0134 x 01 34
.v (vs) * 0-00384 and vs = VO-00384 - 0-062 m . (swept volume o f H.P. cylinder)
Problem-7 : Find the ratio of diameters o f the cylinders o f a two-cylinder compound
steam engine in order that the work done by each cylinder should be the same. Assume
a hypothetical diagram, viz., expansion pv = constant, range o f expansion 10 to 1 bar,
exhaust at 0-35 bar and the stroke o f each piston to be the same. Neglect clearance
and receiver losses.
For equal work done in each cylinder, neglecting receiver losses, the p - v area of
the H.P. and L.P. cylinders must be equal.
Let volume of the L.P. cylinder be denoted by V3.
P Referring to fig. 2-13, p /v r = p3va
••• * - ( f ) » - (t s ) 19
Work done in H.P. cylinder
- p iv i lo g ® jS j Isince p iv i = pevsl
(0
Work done in L.P. cylinder
'va'
= P2V& + pzvz log® - PbV*
vs
p iv i 1 + log® - P6VJ
00
Fig. 2-13. Hypothetical indicator diagram. («) •
Equating eqns. (i) & (ii) for equal work to be done in the two cylinders,
1 1
■
10 v* e,0-325 0-384
= 0-722
f (* > 2 * i
Now, — - 2-288
vs
*« *)2 X /
dz
— m V2-288 - 1-51 (ratio of diameters of cylinders)
f (< k f X I
v* volume of L.P. cylinder
’ vs * volume of H.P. cylinder -tfl}
X /
18
iH P3
dz = d-\ V ~ = 12-5 V 3 ? = 39-53 cm (L.P. cylinder diameter).
P3 1-8
Problem-9 : A two-cylinder compound steam engine has an expansion ratio o f 9 and
the stroke o f both cylinders is the same. The cut-off in the high-pressure cylinder takes
place at half stroke. The engine is supplied with steam at 7 bar, and the condenser
pressure is 0-15 bar. Assuming a common hyperbolic expansion curve for the two cylinders
and neglecting effect o f clearance and compression, find the percentage cut-off in the
low-pressure cylinder and the receiver pressure so that the work shall be equally distributed
between the cylinders.
a
46 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. fl
Referring to fig. 2-15, for equal work done in the two cylinders,
P iv i 1 + loge vz - P3VZ * P3V3 1 + log« - pbW
vi
Since p 1Vl = p3V3
P ivi
1 + log® h r - P3V2 - Pi Vi 1 + log®
Dividing by p iv i throughout, we have
a - PbV4
P3V2 PbVA
1 ♦ K > a .® 1 + loge ( t t I -
VI - P i VI V3 Pi VI
vsi ^ P3V£ _ P6V4
*’• ,09e vj” " ,09e “ P iv i " p i V | ... (i)
P3VS P3V& V5 Vfc V| _ V1
Now, x — - 2 x —
P i V| P3V3 IS VI ts vs
v4 v4 V| V[
and — - — x — 9 x
VS V| tS VS
Substituting the values in eqn. (i),
v i' fvi 0-15 x 9
log0 (2 ) - loge 9 - f - 2 1 -f
V3 ts
(2 tS V|
lOQe 1 ^ -7 7 1 - 2 - f - 0-1925
i 9 Vi V9
rVi VS^
■ o g ^ to 1925
Volume , ts V|
Fig. 2-15. = - 1 -3 1 1 6
NOW, P3VS = p i vi
V| 1
P3 Pi x — - 7 x -=-r * 1-296 bar (receiver pressure),
vs 5*4 n
Problem-10 : The following data refer to a triple expansion steam engine required to
develop indicated power o f 2,940 kW with a piston speed o f 220 metres per minute :
Initial steam pressure 16 bar; exhaust pressure 0-15 bar; cylinder volume ratios 1 :
2 4 : 7-2; total ratio o f expansion 18; overall diagram factor 0-6. Assuming equal initial
loading on each piston, determine approximate values for : (a) cylinder diameters, (b)
mean receiver pressures, and (c) cut-off points in each cylinder. Assume hyperbolic
expansions with ideal receiver pressure conditions, and neglect clearance and compression
effects.
Referring to fig. 2-16, let vs = 1 unit. As vz : va : ts :: 1 : 2-4 : 7-2,
then V4 = 2-4 units and ts = 7-2 units.
~ vs vs 7-2
Now, R « — vi - — • = 0 4 unit.
COMPOUND STEAM ENGINES 47
(a) M.E.P. referred to L.P. cylinder
P
Pi
= f — (1 + log e R) - pb bar
= 0-6 [16
^ (1 + loge 18) - 0-15
= 1-98 bar
Indicated power
n 105 * M.E.P. X S L .P . X I X N X 2 . . . .
= 2,940 = ----------------- . ---------------- kW
1,000
220
But, 2IN = piston speed = m/sec.
60
2,940 x 1,000 x 60 2
aL.p. ■ — ---------------------- = 4-05 m
103 x 1-98 x 220
x 4-5
d L.P. = 2-27 m or 227 cm
Fig. 2-16. Jl
dLP. 227 . , S Le. 227
d H .P . =
- = 84-o cm. and d/_p = 131 cm.
V *
V2 v V4 2-4
(b) For equal initial loads on each piston, (p\ - ps) vs = (P3 - ps) V4 = (ps - Pb) vfe
i.e. (16 — ps) 1 = {P3 - P5) 2-4 = (ps - 0-15) 7-2
16 - pa = 7-2 ps - 7-2 x 0-15
17-08 - 7-2 ps .» (0
Now, 2-4 (P3 - Ps) = 7 -2 p5 - 7-2 x 0-15
Substituting the value of pa from eqn.(i),
2-4 (17 08 - 7-2ps) - 2-4ps = 7-2ps - 108
40-992 - 17-28 ps - 2-4 ps = 7-2 ps - 108
.*. ps = 1-562 bar (L.P. receiver pressure).
Substituting the value of pg in eqn. (i),
P3 = 17-08 - 7-5 ps = 17-08 - 7-2 x 1-562 = 5-83 bar (l.P. receiver pressure)
Vi 0-4
(c) H.P. cut-off = — = — = 0-4
V"2 1
Now, pyVy = P3V3
i.e. 16 x 0-4 = 5-83 x V3 V3 = 1-109 units.
1-109
l.P. cut-off = — = -LzL^ = 0-458
v4 2-4
Again, p ,v, = P5V5
i.e. 16 x 0-4 = 1-562 x V5 1/5 = 4-098 units.
Volume — »- Volume — m
(a) Throttle governing (t>) Cut-off governing on
HP cylinder
Fig. 2-17.
remain unaltered. The effect of this will be to reduce the admission pressure to the L.P.
cylinder. Fig. 2-17(a) represents the hypothetical indicator diagram for a two-cylinder
compound steam engine where area 1 -2 -3 -4 is the H.P. cylinder diagram and area
4~ 3 -5 -6 -7 is the L.P. cylinder diagram.
Let the steam supply pressure be reduced from pr to p r’. The admission to the H.P.
cylinder is represented by Y -2 '\ the point of cut-off 2 ’ must be vertically under 2 , as the
cut-off volume is the same. The new expansion curve will now be 2’-3 ’-5 ’ as shown
dotted. As the cylinder volume of the H.P. cylinder is the same, exhaust on H.P. cylinder
will begin at 3’, where 3* is vertically under 3. The new indicator diagram for L.P. cylinder
is represented by 4’-3 ’- 5 ’-6 -7 .
It may be noted from fig. 2 -1 7(a) that the effect of throttle governing is to reduce
the work done in both the cylinders, the greater reduction taking place in H.P. cylinder.
Further, since the governing is by throttling, the steam consumption of the engine in
kilograms per hour will follow Willan’s law.
In C ut-off G overning on H.P. Cylinder, the point of cut-off in the H.P cylinder is
varied. Referring to fig 2-17(b), 1 -2 -3 -4 is the H.P. indicator diagram area and 4 -3 -S -6 -7
is the L.P. indicator diagram area at full load. With the decrease of load, the cut-off in
the H.P. cylinder takes place earlier, say at point 2’. The expansion in H.P. cylinder is
continued upto point 3’ and from 3’ to 5’ in the L.P. cylinder. The exhaust pressure of
the H.P. cylinder is reduced. The work done in H.P. cylinder is now given by the area
1—2 ’- 3 ’- 4 ’p and the work done in the L.P. cylinder is represented by the area 4’-3 ’-5 ’-6 -7 .
It may be noted that the effect of cut-off governing on H.P. cylinder is to reduce the
work done in L.P. cylinder, while there is very little change in the work done by the H.P.
cylinder. This is because the reduction in H.P. work done due to early cut-off is compensated
COMPOUND STEAM ENGINES 49
P P
Note : The heat equivalent o f the friction power is hot included in the above balance
sheet on the right hand side because it is possible that some o f the frictional heat will
re-appear in the steam and eventually appear as heat removed from the condenser. Thus,
the right hand side o f the heat balance sheet should include the brake power and not
the indicated power.
Various items in heat balance'sheet can be estimated as follows0 :
Heat supplied per minute (measured above 0°C) :
Let H i = Enthalpy in kJ per kg of steam at engine stop valve condition,
ms = mass of steam supplied to the cylinder per min., and
my m mass of steam supplied to the cylinder jacket per min.
Then, gross heat supplied to the engine (measured above 0°C)
= ( ms + my) x Hi kJ/min. ...(3.2)
Heat expenditure per m inute:
(1) Heat equivalent o f brake power or heat converted into useful work :
Heat equivalent of brake power per min. = brake power x 60 kJ/min. ...(3.3)
(2) Heat remove by condenser cooling water I
Let mw = mass of condenser cooling water per min.; and
te - ti = rise in temperature of condenser cooling water.
Then, heat removed by condenser cooling water per minute
- mw x 4-187 x ( fe - f i ) kJ/min.
(where 4-187 kJ/kg K is the specific heat of water (Kj) ...(3.4)
(3) Heat remaining in condensate or heat to hot-well (measured above 0°C) :
Let h2 = Enthalpy in kJ per kg of condensate (water) in the hot-well, and
ms = mass of condensate per minute.
Then, heat remaining in condensate per min.
56 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
= ms x 4-187 x ( tc - 0 ) kJ/min. ...(3.5)
where, tc is the temperature of condensate in hot-well in °C
Heat rejected in exhaust steam per minute
= heat removed by condenser cooling water + heat to hot-well
= mw x 4-187 x ( f2 - U ) + ms x 4-187x( tc- 0 ) kJ/min. ...(3.6)
(4) Heat remaining in jacket drain (measured above0°C) :
Let h2 = Enthalpy in kJ per kg of water from jacket drain at the temperature measured,
and
mj a* mass of steam supplied to jacket per min.
Then, heat remaining in jacket drain per min.
- my x 4-187 x ( tj - 0 ) kJ/min. ...(3.7)
where, tj is the temperature of condensed waterin jacket drain in°C.
(5) Heat lost by radiation, leakage, error of observation, etc. (bydifference) :
This is obtained by the difference between gross heat supplied and the sum of items
(1), (2), (3) and (4).
Problem-1 : The following data was obtained during a test on a single-cylinder, double-acting
steam engine having 20 cm cylinder diameter and 25 cm stroke ;
M.E.P. (from indicator diagrarrij ... 250 kPa
Speed 5 r.p.s.
Effective radius of brake wheel 38 cm
Net brake load 1,360 newtons
Steam consumption 3-55 kg/min.
Steam supply pressure at engine stop valve 8 bar
Dryness fraction o f steam at engine stop valve 0 97
Condenser cooling water 110 kg/min.
Temperature rise of condenser cooling water 14°C
Condensate temperature 40°C
Calculate : (a) the brake power, (b) the indicated power, (c) the mechanical efficiency, •
(d) the specific steam consumption in kg per kW-hr., (e) the brake thermal efficiency,
and (f) the indicated thermal efficiency.
Draw up a heat balance sheet for the engine in kJ/min. and in percentages.
(a) Brake power = (W - S) R 2 n N
= 1,360 x 0-38 x 2 k x 5 = 16,236 watts or 16-236 kW
(b) Indicated power = 2 x pm x a x Ix N
= 2 X (250 X 103) X (0-7854 x (0-2)2) x 0-25 x 5
= 19,635 watts or 19-635 kW
(e) Net heat supplied per minute = gross heat supplied per min. - heat to hot-well per min.
= 9,612 - 594-6 = 9,017-4 kJ
„ , ~ ..... Heat equivalent of brake power per min.
Brake thermal efficiency, ri/> = ---------------- | ■ . r r®----------
1 1 Net heat supplied per mm.
974-2
= 0-108 or 10 -8 %
9,017-4
Brake thermal efficiency
(f) Indicated thermal efficiency, ty
Mechanical efficiency
B r a k e t h e r m a l e f f l., r , „ . H e a t 01 P o w e f . P e r m l n -
Net heat supplied per mm.
959-4
0-1112 or 11 -12%
8,628-59
(e) Indicated thermal efficiency, . Heal « F ^ e n t of indicated power/min
' ' Net heat supplied per min
19-635 x 60
. 0-1366 or 13-66%
8,628-59
3 6 x 60
(f) Brake power steam consumption in kg/kW-hr. = = 13-51 kg/kW-hr.
l b-yy
Heat balance sheet w ith 0°C as Datum
Heat supplied/min. kJ % Heat expenditure/min. kJ % |
Heat in steam supplied 9,231 -52 100 (1) Heat to brake power 959-4 10-40
(2) Heat removed by condenser 6,447-98 69-84
cooling
(3) Heat to hot-well 602-93 6-53
(4) Heat lost by radiation error etc. 1,221-21 13-23
(by difference)
Total 9,231 -52 100 Total 9,231 -52 100
(5) Heat lost by radiation, error, etc. per min. (by difference)
= 15,694-2 - (1,260 + 10,676-85 + 907-2 + 293 09) = 2,557-06 kJ/min.
Heat balance sheet with 0°C as Datum
Heat supplied/min. kJ % Heat expenditure/min. kJ %
Heat in steam supplied 15,694-2 100 (1) Heat equivalent of brake power 1,260 803
(2) Heat removed by condenser 10,676-85 68-04
cooling water
(3) Heat remaining in condensate 907-2 5-78
(4) Heat remaining in jacket drain 293-09 1-86
(5) Heat tost by radiation error etc. 2,557-06 16-29
(by difference)
Total 15,694-2 100 Total 15,694-2 100
Indicated thermal efficiency when heat of condensate and heat of cylinder jacket drain
is available to boiler as feed water heat
Heat equivalent of indicated power per min
Net heat supplied per min.
_______ 26 x 60_______ 1,560 _ nin7R
" 15,694-2-(907-2+ 293-09) 14,493-93 " «
Indicated thermal efficiency when heat of condensate is only available to boiler as
26 x 60 1,560
feed water heat = = 0-1055 or 10-55%
15,694-2-907-2 14,787
Percentage improvement in indicated thermal efficiency when heat of jacket drain is
also available to boiler as feed water heat
* IW -J W . m . 0-019 or 1-9%
10-55 10-55
Problem-5 : The following observation were recorded during a trial on a jacketed
double-acting compound steam engine supplied, with dry saturated steam :
62 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
H.P. cylinder diameter ... 23 cm
L. P. cylinder diameter ... 40 cm
Stroke ... 58 cm
M.E.P. in H.P. cylinder ... 2 4 6 bar
M.E.P. in L.P. cylinder ... 1'39 bar
Average engine speed ... 92.4 r.p.m.
Brake-torque ... 4,150 N.m
• 'Steam pressure during admission ... 6-5 bar
Receiver pressure ... 2 8 bar
Condenser vacuum ... 610 mm o f Hg
Barometer reading ... 760 mm o f Hg
Steam measured as discharged from air pump ... 8 kg/min.
Discharge from cylinder jacket drain ... 0-86 kg/min.
Discharge from receiver jacket drain ... 049 kg/min.
Mass o f condenser cooling water ... 274 kg/min.
f Temperature rise of condenser cooling water ... 15°C
Temperature of condensate ... 53°C
Draw up a heat balance account giving heat quantities in kJ per minute and in
ircentages. Estimate also the mechanical and brake thermal efficiencies o f the engine.
indicated power of both cylinders (engine) = (pm1 a; + Pm2^2) * 1 * N x 2
= [(2-46 x 105) x 0-7854 x (0-23f + (1-39 x 105) x 0-7854 x (0-4)2]
92-4
x 0-58 x x 2 = 49,462 watts « 49-462 kW
60
92-4
Brake power of the engine = Torque x 2 n N = 4,150 x 2n x -z ^ -
Heat in steam supplied 25,806 100 (1) To useful work brake (power) 2,409-4 934
(2) To condenser cooling water 1,7208-6 66-68
(3) To condensate 1,775-3 6-88
(4) To cylinder jacket drain 586-5 2-28
(5) To receiver jacket drain 270-2 1-05
(6) To radiation error of measure- 3,554-0 13-77
ment etc.
•
(by difference)
Total 25,806 100 Total 25,806 100
= ■ l l f l f = 0-104 or 10-4%
23,172
Probtem -6 : A steam jacketed condensing steam engine working with dry saturated steam
a t an initial temperature o f 12327°C, develops brake power o f 74 k.W. The air pump
discharges 1,150 kg o f water per hour to the hot-well at a temperature o f 50°C. The
condenser cooling water supplied per hour is 18,500 kg and its rise in temperature is
35°C. Neglecting radiation losses, find : (a) the heat received by the working steam from
die jacket, and (b) assuming that the jacket to be supplied with boiler steam and only
enthalpy o f evaporation (latent heat) o f the jacket steam to be given up to working steam,
find the mass o f cylinder jacket steam used per kilogram o f cylinder feed.
(a) Absolute pressure of steam corresponding to the saturation temperature of 123-27°C
is 2.2 bar, and enthalpy (Hi) of dry saturated steam at 2*2 bar is 2,711 kJ/kg.
and enthalpy Of evaporation Li = 2,193-4 kJ/kg (from steam tables).
Now, heat supplied by the boiler steam entering the cylinder per min.
m ' - t t ! - 0 3 9 9 “ 9
Excess air supplied per kg of coal fired = 16-4 - 10-45 = 5-95 kg.
Mass (/7y of moisture and water vapour per kg of coal fired.
= 0-02 + (9 x 0-039 x 0-98) = 0-371 kg.
Mass (/77g) of dry products of combustion per kg of coal fired
= 17-33 - 5-95 - 0-371 = 11-01 kg.
Heat carried away by dry products of combustion = mg x Kp x (tg - tf)
= 11 01 x 1-026 (310 - 24) = 3,230-6 kJ/kg of coal fired.
(3) Heat carried away by excess air
= 5-95 x 0-997 (310 - 24) = 1,696-5 kJ/kg of coal fired.
(4) Heat carried away by water vapour in the products of com bustion =
ms x (Hsup —ho)
= 0-371 [2,675-5 + 2(310 - 99-63) - 24 x 4-187] = 1,112 kJ per kg of coal fired.
(5) We next require the proportion of carbon burned to C 0 2 and COrespectively.
12
In 11-6 x 44 parts of CO2 on mass basis, there are 11-6 x 44 x — = 11-6 x 12
parts of carbon on mass basis.
12
In 0-6 x 28 parts of CO on mass basis, there are 0-6 x 28 x — = 0-6 x 12
parts of carbon on mass basis.
10. What are the purposes of steam engine trials ? Whatmeasurements are necessary in enginetrials to
determine the thermal efficiency and to draw up heat balance sheet ? Draw up a typical heat balance
sheet on percentage basis of an average steam engine.
11. The following observations and deductions are taken from a report of a trial of a boiler plant, consisting
of six Lancashire boilers and an economiser :
Calorific value of coal per kg.4 30,000 kJ; mass of feed water per kg of dry coal, 9-1 kg; Equivalent
evaporation from and at 100*C per kg of dry coal, 9-6 kg; Temperature of feed water to economiser, 12*C;
Temperature of feed water to boiler, 105*C; Air temperature, 13*C; Temperature of flue gases entering the
economiser, 370*C; Mass of flue gases entering economiser 18-2 kg per kg of dry coal; Mean specific heat
of the flue gases, 1-05 kJ/kg K.
Find : (a) the efficiency of the boilers alone, (b) the efficiency of the economiser alone, and (c) .the
efficiency of the whole boiler plant.
[(a) 72-23%; (b) 51 -94% (c) 84 04%]
12. In a boiler trial the following quantities were obtained : Coal burned per hour, 48 kg; Calorificvalue of
coal, 31,200 kJ/kg. Feed water per hour, 387 kg; Temperature of feed water, 20*C; Pressure of steam,
8-5 bar, Dryness fraction of steam, 0-99; Ash and unbumt coal collected from beneath fire bars, 4 kg/hour
of the calorific value 2,850 kJ/kg; Mass of flue gases per kg of coal burned, 17-3 kg; Temperature of flue
gases; 340*C'; Room temperature, 16*C; Specific heat of flue gases, 1-026 kJ/kg K.
Estimate : (a) the thermal efficiency of the boiler, (b) the percentage heat carried away bythe flue
gases, (c) the percentage heat loss in ashes, and (d) the percentage heat loss unaccounted for.
[(a) 68-93%; (b) 18-43% (c) 0-76% (d) 11-88%]
13. In a boiler trial, 445 kg of coal were consumed per hour. The mass of water evaporated per hour was
4,150 kg. The steam pressure was 10 bar and dryness fraction of steam was 0-98. The coal contained 4
per cent of moisture on mass basis. The feed water temperature was 50*C. Calorific value of one kilogram
of dry coal was 35,000 kJ. The boiler house temperature was 15*C and the temperature of the chimney
gases was 280*C. Take specific heat of dry flue gases as 1-005 kJ/kg K and Kp of superheated steam
as 2 kJ/kg K.
Analysis of dry coal on mass basis : C = 86%; Hz - 4% ash = 5%; and other matter = 5%.
Analysis of dry flue gases by volume :
CO2 = 10-4%; CO = 1-2%; 02 = 9-1%; and N2 = 79-3 (by difference)
Determine the thermal efficiency of the boiler and draw up a heat balance sheet for the boiler per kg
of coal fired on percentage basis.
[70-18%
STEAM ENGINE & BOILER TRIALS 75
Heat supplied by 1 kg of kJ % Heat expenditure per kg of coal kJ %
coal
Heat supplied 33,600 100 (1) To steam 23,580 70-18
(2) To dry flue gases 4,774 14-21
(3) To water vapour in flue gases 654 1 95
(4) To radiation unmeasured losses 4,592 1366
etc. (By difference)
Total 33,600 100 Total 33,600 100
14. The following particulars relate to a boiler trial in which it was not convenient to measure the amount of
water evaporated :
Percentage analysis of dry coal on mass basis : C, 83;H2, 5; 02, 4; Ash, etc., 8
Percentage analysis of dry flue gases by volume :
CO2, 10-1; CO,0-3; O2, 9-3 and N2 (by difference), 80-3
Percentage analysis of ash collected in ash pit : C, 14; ash, 86
Higher calorific value of dry coal per kg . 34,000 kJ
Moisture in coal as burned . 2%
Temperature of the flue gases . 330’C
Temperature of boiler room . 17*C;
Mean specific heat of flue gases . 1 005 kJ/kg K
Specific heat of air . 1 kJ/kg K
Specific heat of superheated water vapour . 2 kJ/kg K
Calorific value of C burnt to CO2 per kg . 33,830 kJ
Calorific value of C burnt to CO per kg . 10,130 kJ
Assuming radiation loss of 6%, draw up a percentage heat balance sheet for the boiler and determine
its thermal efficiency.
[Thermal efficiency = 68-68%
Heat supplied by 1 kg of dry kJ % Heat expenditure per kg of coal kJ %
coed
Heat supplied 33,320 100 (1) Steam (by difference) 22,884 68 68
(2) Dry flue gases 3,605 10-82
(3) Water vapour in flue gases 1,413 4-24
(4) Excess air 2,423 727
(5) Incomplete combustion 556 1-67
(6) Unburnt carbon in ash 440 132
(7) Radiation (assumed) 1,999 6-00
Total 33,320 100 Total 33,320 100
4
MODERN
STEAM GENERATORS
4.1 Introduction
Boiler is a container into which water is fed, and by the application of heat, it is
evaporated into steam. In early designs, the boiler was a simple shell with a feed pipe
and steam outlet, mounted on a brick setting. Fuel was burnt on a grate within the setting
and the heat so released was directed over the lower shell surface before most of it
went out.
Soon the designers realized that heating a single shell is inefficient and it was
necessary to bring more of water into close contact with heat. One way, is to direct flue
gases through tubes in the boiler shell. Such a '“fire-tube design’ not only increases the
heating surface but also distributes area of steam formation more uniformly.
Second way is water-tube design. It consists of one or more relatively small drums
with number of tubes in which water-steam mixture circulates. Heat flows from flue gases
outside tubes to the mixture. Thus sub-division of pressure parts make possible construction
of large capacity and high pressure boilers.
Fire-tube boilers and simple water-tube boilers are described in detail in chapter-8 of
volume-l. Fire-tube boilers are limited to a maximum design working pressure of 25 bar
and steam generating capacity of 25 tonnes per hour. Conventional water-tubes boilers
work upto steam pressures of about 70 bar and 250°C superheat with a steam generating
capacity of 40 tonnes per hour.
Shell or fire-tube boilers are cheaper than water-tube boilers but they are suitable for
low pressures and low output. There is no such limit to water-tube boilers. Water-tube
boiler can be erected at site from easily transportable parts. They are flexible from
constructional point of view. They are capable of quick steam generation and their
constructional design can be varied to suit a wide range of situations. Furnace of a
water-tube boiler is not limited to cylindrical form. Therefore, water-tube boilers are generally
preferred for high pressure high duty performance.
The present-day demand for higher power outputs from the thermal power plants
requires high pressure high duty boilers. A high pressure boiler is much more than an
* assembly of certain components like burners, superheaters, air heaters, etc. The functions
of these components are inter-related. The quality of coal and the operating conditions
have a great influence on the types of components to be selected and more than that,
they influence the philosophy underlying the general design. For increasing the steam
pressure and the rate of steam generation of a boiler, forced circulation of water and/or
steam and radiant heat transfer from the furnace to the water were considered essential.
4.2 Water-Tube Boilers
Introduction of water-tube boilers dates back to the eighteenth century. The last twenty
five years have been a period of significant change in their design and construction.
MODERN STEAM GENERATORS 77
Horizontal water-tube boilers with vertical or slightly inclined sectional headers having
a longitudinal or transverse drum (fig.4-1), were quite popular during first quarter of the
twentieth century. Now-a-days they are not built, as they can not cope up with high
pressure and high duties demanded from modern boilers.
Fig. 4-1 .Horizontal water-tube boiler. Fig. 4-2. Bent tube boiler.
Bent tube boilers (fig. 4-2) are more flexible in construction. Where head room is
limited, they can be made wide and low or narrow, and high where floor space is limited.
Thus, their overall dimensions can be adjusted according the space available.
As the demand for large capacity and high pressure boilers grew, the demand for
more active furnace cooling methods increased. Water cooled furnace walls were developed
because of increasing rate of heat transfer in furnace proper. Water from drum is supplied
to lower header as shown in fig. 4-2. Steam is actively generated in walls, to rise to
upper drum where it separates from boiler water.
In a simple water-tube circuit, steam bubbles are formed on the heated side. The
resulting steam-water mixture weighs less than cooler water on the unheated side and
thus free convective currents (circulation) are established. In drum, steam bubbles rise to
water surface and steam is generated in this manner. Free circulative currents are affected
by two factors :
- Difference in density between water and steam-water mixture, and
- Frictional forces opposing circulation.
At a higher pressure, the effect of first factor reduces and thus forced circulation is
inevitable. Also the forced circulation increases the rate of heat transfer thus permitting
higher rate of steam generation and reduction in overall size of the boiler. Thus, large
capacity boilers are possible. Even recently, designers have gone one step further to
increase the boiler capacity by adopting once-through boiler. It consists of a single tube
(no drum) into which goes feed water and out of which comes saturated or superheated
steam. In actual units (boilers), the theoretical single circuit becomes a number of parrallel
circuits. At pressures below critical, a “once through unit” may have a separator to deliver
saturated steam to the superheater and to return collected moisture to the feed pump suction.
The “once through” cycle is, of course, ideally suited for pressures above critical point
where water turns to steam without actually boiling. At critical pressure, the density of
78 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
water and steam is same and hence natural convective flow does not take place at
critical pressure. Thus, the use of natural circulation is limited to sub-critical boilers upto
about 140 bar boiler pressure and use of forced circulation becomes essential for higher
pressures. High water velocities rather than high gas velocities are suitable, as a smaller
quantity of fluid is dealt with and increase in pressure can be more easily attained than
gas. Hence, the tubes of smaller diameter may be used for a boiler of a given output.
If the flow takes place through one continuous tube, large pressure drop takes place
due to friction. This can be
reduced by arranging the flow to
Chimney-. Blower pass through parallel system of
Air preheat' tubing.
Feedpump The best examples of high
Water pressure boilers are :
from
hot well — La Mont boiler,
Economiser
Pump Hot air — Benson boiler,
speed
control — Loeffler boiler,
Superheater
Storage and *>o»Moin steam — Schmidt-Hartmann boiler,
' separating and
drum Convective — Velox boiler.
evaporator
LaM ont b o ile r is a first
Circulating Combustion forced circulation boiler intro-
„ pump chamber
duced by LaMont in 1925. This
boiler is of the water-tube type
Radiant and is used in Europe and
evaporator
or water walls America. Water circulation and
Fig. 4-3. La Mont boiler.
schematic location of different
components of the boiler are
shown in fig. 4-3.
This boiler incorporates water
circulation in tubes surrounded
by gases. Water is supplied
through an economiser to a
separating and storage drum
which contains a feed regulator
that controls the speed of the
feed pump. Most of the sensible
heat is supplied to the feed water
passing through the economiser.
From the drum a centrifugal
pump circulates about 8 to 10
tim es the quantity of water
evaporated. This large quantity
of water circulated prevents the
tubes from being overheated. The
circulating pump passes water
first to radiant evaporator or water
wall (of which the sides for the
.combustion chamber are com-
posed). Then steam and water
MODERN STEAM GENERATORS 79
pass to convective evaporator and again to the drum. From the drum the released steam
then passes to the superheater.
This boiler is capable of generating 40 to 50 tonnes of superheated steam per hour
at about 500°C and 120 to 130 bar pressure.
This boiler has the advantage of flexibility of design, compactness and small size of
drum, it generally resembles a natural circulation boiler. Formation and attachment of
bubbles on the inner surfaces of the heating tubes of LaMount boiler reduces the heat
flow and steam generation as it offers high thermal resistance than water film. Mark
Benson argued that if the boiler pressure was raised to the critical value (220-9 bar), the
steam and water would have the same density, and therefore danger of bubble formation
can be eliminated
Fig-4-4 shows the layout sketch of a Benson boiler. Benson boilers are drumless
or “once through” type. Feed water is pumped through the economiser, radiant and
convective evaporators, and superheater. The boiler pressure is critical pressure and hence
water turns to steam directly without actually boiling.
If distilled water is not used, heavy deposits of salt occur in the transformation zone
from water into steam. To avoid this difficulty, the evaporator is flushed out after every
4,000 working hours to remove salt. Because of the reduced value of entropy at the
critical pressure, the steam rapidly becomes wet when it is expanded in a turbine, thereby
causing erosion of the blading. To obviate erosion and to provide a more moderate
working pressure, the steam is throttled to a pressure of about 150 bar.
From the figure, it appears that the boiler consists of a single tube of great length,
but actually it consists of many parallel circuits which yield a thermal efficiency of about
90%. Benson boilers of 150 tonnes of steam per hour generating capacity at 50 MPa
(500 bar) pressure and 650°C temperature have been constructed and are in use. The
main advantages of the Benson boiler
Chimney- are :
Blower — Absence of drums reduces the total
A ir preheater.
weight of boiler and hence low cost
t = of transport,
— The boiler can be erected easily and
- P - quickly,
Feedpump
— Operation is economical, and
fHot
c Economiser
— Quick starting and can reach full
a ir i Main capacity operation within 10 minutes
Convention - steam from start.
superheater
Loeffler B oiler uses circulation of
1 Radiant steam instead of water. Thus, the difficulty
-1superheater experienced in La Mont boiler, a deposition
Steam 0- HP of salt and sediment in boiler tubes, is
circulating avoided. This boiler has advantages of
pump
forced circulation and indirect heating. In
this boiler, steam is used as heat carrying
and heat absorbing medium.
Feed A line diagram of Loeffler boiler is
Evaporator drumr shown in fig. 4-5. This boiler has econo-
miser and superheater units in the pathk
Drain of gases from furnace to chimney. The '
Fig. 4-5. Loeffler boiler.
80 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
evaporator drum is outside the boiler. A portion of main superheated steam (about 35%)
is tapped off for external use, whilst the remainder passes on to the evaporator drum,
where, by giving up its superheat to water coming from economiser, steam is generated
equal to the steam tapped off. The steam circulating pump draws the saturated steam
from the evaporator drum and is passed through the radiant and convective superheaters.
The nozzles distributing the superheated steam throughout the water in the drum are
of special design to avoid priming and noise. This boiler can carry higher salt concentrations
than any other type and is more compact than indirectly heated natural circulation boilers.
These qualities make this boiler fit for land or sea transport power generation. Loeffle
boilers of generating capacity 90 tonnes per hour and pressure 125 bar are in use.
Like Loeffler boiler, Schmidt-Hartmann Boiler is also high pressure indirectly heated
Pressure
boiler. The arrangement of the
gouge boiler components is shown in
b /o p o ro lo fig. 4-6. This boiler is very similar
drum to an electric transformer. Two
Prim ary pressures are used to effect an
circuit —
interchange of energy. In the pri-
mary circuit, steam at pressure
Secordcry
circuit -- 100 bar is produced from distilled
water. This steam is passed
through submerged heating coil,
Feed preheater-
located in the evaporator drum.
The high pressure steam of pri-
mary circuit possesses sufficient
thermal heat to produce steam
I Hot air at pressure 60 bar with a heat
Primary
Feed pump evaporator transfer rate of 2,900 watts/m2oC.
This main steam is passed
Feedtank through a superheater placed in
^ or the uptake and then to the ap-
hot wed
plication point*. The condensate
of high pressure primary circuit
Fig. 4-6. Schmidt-Hartmann boiler. steam is circulated through the
water drum where feed water is heated to its saturation temperature.
In the primary circuit, natural circulation is used which is sufficient to produce the
desired rate of heat transfer in conjunction with high gas velocities. In this way, circulating
velocities of 0-5 to 0-8 metre per second for thermo-siphon head of about 2-5 to 10
metres are possible.
As a safeguard against leakage or the safety valve lifting, a combined pressure gauge
and thermometer are fitted to the primary circuit. An arrangement is provided for making
distilled water of the primary circuit. Main advantages of the Schmidt-Hartmann boiler are :
... Due to distilled water in the primary circuit, there is rare chance of overheating
or burning of the high heated components as there is no danger of salt deposition.
... There is no chance of interruption to the circulation either by rust or other material,
due to use of distilled water in the primary circuit.
... Feed water is external to the heating coil and hence it is easy to brush off salt
deposits, just by removing the heating coil from the evaporator drum.
... Due to high thermal and water capacity, wide fluctuations of load are allowed
without undue priming or abnormal increase in the primary pressure.
MODERN STEAM GENERATORS 81
... The absence of water risers in the drum, and the moderate temperature difference
across the heating coil, allows evaporation to proceed without priming.
When the velocity of gas exceeds the velocity of sound, the heat is transferred from
the gas at a much greater rate than the rate achieved with subsonic flow. This fact is
used in the Velox Boiler to achieve the large amount of heat transfer from the given
surface area.
. In the velox boiler, air is compressed to 2-5 bar pressure by an air compressor run
by a gas turbine, before supplying to the combustion chamber as shown in fig. 4-7. The
Steam
4.5.1 Bokaro Plant The operating conditions are comparable with the data given
at no.1 of the table 4-1. The arrangement of components
is shown in fig. 4.9. The superheater requires about 24
per cent energy where as the evaporator needs 64 per
cent. Therefore, the entire furnace is water cooled (E i)
and remaining part of the evaporator (E2) is kept in the
latter portion of zone II as tubes between two drums.
For these operating conditions two drum construction is
conventional. However, it is possible to have water cooled
platens and panels instead of two drum arrangement
but this arrangement if used excessively, can lead to
lower gas temperature at zone II, which may be un-
desirable for superheater. The superheater in this boiler
is a convective heat transfer type. Baffles are provided
to increase the gas velocities.
4.5.2 Ramagundam Plant : The arrangement of
components of this boiler is shown in fig. 4-10. Relative
to the Bokaro plant, the evaporator duty is only slightly
lower. Entire furnace walls (Ei) and convective tubes
MODERN STEAM GENERATORS 85
Fig. 4-10. Layout of Ramagundam plant. Fig- 4-11. Layout of Chandrapura plant.
between two drums (E^) form the evaporator surface. The low temperature section of the
superheater (S7) is introduced as widely spaced platens and the finishing stage of the
superheater (S2) is away from the flame. There are no baffles in the gas flow path.
4.5.3 Chandrapura Plant : The arrangement of components of this boiler is shown
in fig. 4-11. This boiler has significantly higher operating conditions, and reheat of the
steam is adopted. As the evaporator duty is considerably reduced, it is not necessary to
locate the evaporator in zone II as was needed for Bokaro and Ramagundam boiler
plants. The furnace walls are totally covered with evaporator (E?) ' and a small portion of
the evaporator is placed as radiant platens (E^ near the upper front wall. All the space
of zone II is occupied by the superheater and reheater which need nearly 42 percent of
rromwat«r walls the energy. A part of the superheater (S7) is platen.
The reheater (RH) and a part of superheater (S2) is
pendant. The bulk of the superheater is located as
three horizontal banks (S) in the rear pass. It is
interesting to note that the space occupied by the
two drum arrangement of Bokaro and Ramagundam
boiler plants is now utilised by the superheater.
4.5.4 Trombay Plant : This boiler has higher
pressure and temperature as compared to boilers
discussed above. The arrangement of components of
this boiler is shown in fig. 4-12.
In this boiler evaporator duty is decreased and
superheater and reheater duty is increased. All the
superheater and reheater elements cannot be located
in zone II, and on other side the evaporator does
not need all the energy available in zone I. Therefore,
some of the superheater elements must be located
in zone I. The evaporator is located in the furnace
wall (E). In the upper front wall some of the radiant
86 ELEMENTS OF HEAT ENGINES Vol. II
surface (R) is actually reheater. Widely spaced panels (Sj) and platens (S2) are superheater
elements. The reheaters are located between the superheater elements. The unit has
controlled circulation with pump (P). The rear pass or zone III consists of horizontal banks
(S) of superheater elements. The important point to be noted is that superheater elements
have entered zone I in a big way.
Tutorial - 4
1. What do you understand by high pressure high duty boilers ?
2. Explain general features of water-tube boilers.
3. What are the trends observed in the design, construction and operation of modern steamgenerators ?
4. Describe giving illustrations, the development which has taken place in water-tube boilers to attain highei
operating pressure and higher steaming capacity.
5. Explain arrangement of components and working of La Mont boiler.
6. Sketch a layout and explain arrangement of components and working of Benson boiler.
7. Explain the construction and working of Loeffler boiler.
8. Sketch a layout, and explain arrangement of components and working of Schmidt Hartmann boiler.
9. What are the main advantages of Schmidt-Hartmann boiler ?
10. Sketch a layout, and explain arrangement of components and working of Veloxboiler.
11. What are the main advantages of Velox boiler ?
12. Discuss the materials of construction of modern high pressure boilers.
13. What are the advantages of high pressure boilers ?
14. Sketch a layout for a pulverised fuel boiler, showing important zones and explain efficient use of heat
transfer surfaces.
15. Discuss most suitable arrangement of superheaters and reheaters in modern high pressure boilers.
16. Sketch a layout for pulverised fuel boiler and divide it into three zones according to intensity oftemperature.
In this layout, show radiation heat transfer and convection heat transfer surfaces andhence discuss suitable
location of evaporators, superheaters, economisers, and reheaters.
17. Give particulars and general arrangement of components of the boilers at the following power plants :
(i) Bokaro, (ii) Ramagundum, (iii) Chandrapura, and (iv) Trombay.
18. Delete the phrase which is not applicable to complete the following statements :
(i) Water-tube/fire-tube principle is preferred for high pressure boilers.
(ii) In all modem high pressure boilers, the water circulation ismaintained withthe help of a pump/natural
circulation due to density difference.
(iii) At critical pressure, the density of water and steam is different/same.
(iv) In Loeffier/La Mont boiler, heat of steam is used for evaporation of water.
(v) La Mont/Benson boiler is drumless.
(vi) Natural water circulation by convection in water tube boilers, increases/decreases with increase in
pressure.
(vii) When the velocity of gas exceeds the velocity of sound, the heat transferred from the gas is at much
greater/smaller rate than the rate achieved with subsonic flow.
(viii) Gas turbine and air compressor unit is provided in La Mont/Velox boiler.
(ix) High temperature zone in a boiler is suitable for superheater/economiser.
(Delete : 0 fire-tube, (ii) natural circulation due to density difference, (iii) different, (iv) La Mont
(v) La Mont, (vi) increases, (vii) smaller, (viii) La Mont, (ix) economiser.]
19. Fill in the blanks in the following statements :
(i)______ and _______ are indirectly heated boilers.
(ii) ______ boiler is drumless and once through type.
(iii) Maximum energy loss in a boiler occurs due to ______ .
(iv) A supercritical boiler is one that operates above the pressure and temperature of ______ bar and
*C.
(v) In ______ boiler, two pressures are used to effect interchange of energy.
[(i) Loeffler, Schmidt-Hartmann; (ii) Benson; (iii) flue gases; (iv) 220.9 and 374.14 (v) Schmidt-Hartmann.]
20. Indicate the correct answer by selecting correct phrase in each of the following statements :
MODERN STEAM GENERATORS 87
(I) Benson boiler has
(a) no drum, (b) one drum, (c) two drums, (d) three drums.
(ii) In a boiler, whose walls are lined wjth water tubes, transference of heat to tubes is mainly by
(a) convection, (b) conduction, (c) radiation, (d) combination of above modes.
(iii) Indirect heating and evaporation of water, is the underlying thermodynamic principle of
(a) La Mont boiler, (b) Benson boiler, (c) Loeffler boiler, (d) Velox boiler.
(iv) Velocity of gases exceeds the velocity of sound in
(a) La Mont boiler, (b) Benson boiler, (c) Loeffler boiler, (d) Velox boiler.
(v) Due to highvelocity of water throughtubes, the tendency of scale formation is
(a) increased, (b) eliminated, (c) not affected.
[(i) a (ii) c, (iii) c, (iv) d, (v) b]
»
5
AIR-STANDARD CYCLES
5.1 Introduction
A heat engine cycle is a series of thermodynamic processes through which a working
fluid (working substance) passes in a certain sequence. At the completion of the cycle,
the working fluid returns to its original condition, i.e., the working fluid at the end of the
cycle has the same pressure, volume, temperature and internal energy that it had at the
beginning of the cycle. Somewhere during every cycle, heat is received by the working
fluid. It is, then, the object of the cycle to convert as much of this heat energy as
possible into useful work. The heat energy which is not converted, isrejected by the
working fluid during some process of the cycle.
5.2 Heat Engine
Any machine designed to carry out a thermodynamic cycle, and thus converts heat
energy supplied to it into mechanical energy, is called a heat engine. Hence, the cycle
it operates on is known as a heat engine cycle. Heat engine is generally made up of a
piston and cylinder, together with the following main elements :
(i) a hot body, serving as a source of heat which is received during the cycle,
(ii) a cold body, whose function is to receive the heat rejected during the cycle, and
(iii) a working fluid (working substance), which receives heat directly from the hot
body, rejects to the cold body, does external work on the piston during expansion,
and have work done upon it by the piston during compression. The working
substance may be steam, air, or mixture of fuel and air.
5.2.1 Types o f heat engines : Heat engines may be of the following types :
(i) Steam engine, and steam turbine, in which the working fluid (working substance)
is steam,
(ii) Hot air engine, in which the working fluid is air, and
(iii) Internal combustion engine, and gas turbine, in which the working fluid is a mixture
of gases and air, or products of combustion of fuel oil and air.
The cycles which will be presented in this chapter are ideal cycles which will apply
to the last two types of heat engines, i.e., hot air engines and internal combustion engines
including gas turbines. The ideal cycles which apply to the first type (i.e., steam engine)
are described in chapter 9 of Volume I.
5.2.2 Available w ork o f cycle : As stated above, it is evident that the function of
any heat engine cycle is to receive heat from some external source — the hot body, and
transform as much of this heat as possible into mechanical energy. The amount of heat
which is transformed into mechanical energy is known as available energy of the cycle.
It is equal to the difference between the heat received during the cycle from the hot
body and the heat rejected during the cycle to the cold body, in the absence of any
other losses. This statement is of course a direct consequence of the law of conservation
of energy.
"4
Air-Standard Cycles 89
Let Q = available energy fordoingwork per cycle in heat units,
Q i = heat received during each cycle from the hot body in heat units, and
Q2 = heat rejected during each cycle to the cold body in heatunits.
Then, Q = Q i - Q2 in heatunits. ...(5.1)
Every cycle contains thermodynamic processes involving both expansion and compression
processes. During the former (expansion), work is done upon the piston by the gas while
during the latter (compression), work is done on the gas by the piston. The difference
between the work done by the gas and the work done on the gas during the complete
cycle is called the net available work of the cycle. It is necessarily equal to the available
energy for doing work per cycle.
If W = net work done during the cycle in heat units,
then, W m Q = Q i - Q2 in heat units. ...(5.2)
5.2.3 Efficiency of a cycle : The thermal efficiency of a heat engine cycle is defined
as the ratio of the available heat energy of the cycle for doing work to the heat received
during the cycle from the hot body. It is usually denoted by the letter rj (eta),
. . Heat equivalent of the net work done per cycle ...(5.3)
i.e., ciency, r\ * Heat received during the cycle from the hot body
Q Qi - Qz W
Thus, using eqns. (5.1) and (5.2), i\ - ^ ^
The definition of efficiency given above is applicable to any type of heat engine cycle.
Hence, the expression for the efficiency given by the eqn. (5.3) is known as theoretical
or ideal thermal efficiency of the cycle, as it does not take into account any practical
losses which do occur in the actual running of the engine.
5.2.4 Air-standard efficiency of a cycle : In order to compare the thermal efficiency
of actual internal combustion engine cycles, the engineer needs some standard to serve
as a yard-stick. The yard-stick used is the theoretical thermal efficiency of the engine
working on ideal cycle, using air as the working fluid. The theoretical thermal efficiency
of the ideal cycle is known as the air-standard efficiency, since it is worked out on the
basis of the working fluid being air throughout the cycle, i.e., the effect of calorific value
of fuel used is eliminated, and the heat is supplied by bringing a hot body in contact
with the end of the cylinder. Thermal efficiency of the ideal cycle can be worked out
before the engine is constructed and hence indicates the maximum approachable efficiency
of the completed engine. Should the actual indicated thermal efficiency of the completed
engine not closely approach this efficiency (air-standard efficiency), alterations and im-
provements may be made to bring about the desired result. It may be noted that actual
engine can never give thermal efficiency as high as the air-standard efficiency when
operated on the same cycle as air engine. Actual indicated thermal efficiency of a well
designed and well constructed internal combustion engine, when properly operated, should
be atleast two-third of air-standard efficiency.
5.3 Thermodynamic Reversibility
In chapter 2 of volume 1, we have defined eight thermodynamic process; any one
of these processes which can be operated in a reverse direction is known as reversible
process. The factors which make a process irreversible are : (i) temperature difference
required for heat to flow, and (ii) fluid friction. Thus, for an operation to be thermodynamically
reversible, following conditions should be satisfied ;
(i) The temperature of the hot body supplying the heat must at any instant be the
same as that of working fluid which receives the heat. If the source of heat is at a
90 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
higher temperature than the working fluid, heat will be transferred to the latter (working
fluid), but when the process is reversed, heat must flow from the working fluid back into
the hot body, which is at a higher temperature. This is contrary to the second law of
thermodynamics. It follows that the operation could not be reversed. Thus, for an operation
to be thermodynamically reversible, there cannot be temperature difference between the
hot body and the working fluid during the transfer of heat. Flow of heat to or from the
working fluid without finite temperature drop implies perfect exchange or infinitely slow
process. This is known as external reversibility.
(ii) Friction between the fluid and the walls of the container and viscous friction of
the fluid can never be eliminated in a thermodynamic process. The energy lost in
overcoming the frictional forces is regenerated into heat. When any thermodynamic process
is reversed, say from expansion to compression, friction effect cannot be reversed, i.e.,
friction heat cannot be absorbed back into the fluid. Thus, for an operation to be
thermodynamically reversible, fluid friction must be absent. This is known as internal
reversibility.
It will be seen from the above that the concept of thermodynamic reversibility is purely
hypothetical, because the transfer of heat becomes less as the condition of reversibility
is approached, and fluid friction can never be completely eliminated. Thus any thermodynamic
process can be reversed, if external and internal reversibility is assumed. It may be noted
that the basic requirement for throttling process is friction. Thus, throttling process is not
reversible. A frictionless adiabatic operation is reversible. All other thermodynamic processes
are reversible if external and internal reversibility is assumed.
5.3.1 Reversible cycle : For thermodynamic cycle to be reversible, it must consist
of reversible processes only. When a cycle is reversed, all the processes are performed
in the reversed direction. A heat engine cycle takes heat from the hot body and rejects
portion of it to a cold body, and converts remaining quantity of heat into mechanical
work. When this cycle is reversed, heat will be absorbed from the cold body and rejected
to a hot body. This will necessitate external work to be supplied. This reversed cycle is
known as heat pump or refrigerating machine.
A reversible cycle should not be confused with a mechanically reversible engine.
Steam engine can be made to revolve in a reversed direction by mechanically altering
the valve settings but this does not reverse the cycle on which the engine works. A
reversed engine merely rotates in the opposite direction, but a reversed cycleconverts
a power producing engine into a heat pump or refrigerator.
It may be noted that an engine working on reversible cycle is the most efficient
engine.
5.4 Ideal Heat Engine Cycle
There are number of ideal heat engine cycles made up of some of the following
processes in which
(a) heat is taken in or rejected at constant temperature (isothermal compression or
expansion),
(b) heat is taken in or rejected at constant pressure,
(c) heat.is taken in or rejected at constant volume, and
(d) compression and expansion are frictionless adiabatic (isentropic).
Only five principal ideal heat engine cycles will be described in this chapter which
may be summarised as follows :
(i) The constant temperature cycle : Here, heat is taken in and rejected at constant
temperature, and compression and expansion being frictionless adiabatic or isentropic.
Air-Standard Cycles 91
This cycle is known as Carnot cycle.
(ii) The constant volume cycle : In this, heat is taken in and rejected at constant
volume, and compression and expansion being frictionless adiabatic. This cycle is
known as Otto cycle.
(iii) The modified constant pressure cycle : In this, heat is taken in at constant
pressure and rejected at constant volume, and compression and expansion being
frictionless adiabatic. This ^cycle is know as Diesel cycle.
(iv) The dual-combustion or mixed cycle• : Here, heat is partly taken in at constant
volume and then at constant pressure and heat is rejected at constant volume,
and compression and expansion being frictionless adiabatic. This cycle is sometimes
known as semi-Diesel cycle.
(v) The (true) constant pressure cycle : In this, heat is taken in and rejected at
constant pressure, and compression and expansion being frictionless adiabatic.
This cycle is known as Joule cycle.
5.5 Carnot Cycle
This cycle was brought out in 1824 by a French engineer named Sadi Carnot. Although
its limitations are such that no heat engine has ever been constructed to use it. This
cycle theoretically permits the conversion of the maximum quantity of heat energy into
mechanical energy, as being a reversible cycle. In other words, it gives the maximum
efficiency that is possible to obtain in a heat engine. Hence, its usefulness lies in the
comparison which it affords with other heat engines, giving as it does under the conditions,
the maximum efficiency that they would like to approach.
Nprv-condyctor An engine operating on this ideal cycle,
Cylinder head r cylinder ana piston would require a cylinder and a piston of
perfectly non-conducting material, a cylinder
' / / / / / / / /7 7 m head that will conduct heat perfectly, and
z z
three other elements that can be brought
into contact with the conducting cylinder
head at AB as shown in fig. 5-1, as
occasion demands. These three elements
a re : (a) the hot body, always at temperature
T it the source of heat energy supplied to
(a) the working fluid (air), (b) the non-conducting
cover to fit the cylinder at AB, and (c) the
cold body, maintained at a temperature 7>,
the minimum temperature of the.cycle. The
element (cold body) receives the heat that
is rejected from the working fluid (air).
Consider one kg of air at temperature
T r as the working fluid in the engine cylinder.
Let point a (fig. 5-1 b) represent the state
of the working fluid as regards pressure p»
and volume va at absolute temperature Ti.
Isothermal expansion : At point a, the
tbody at temperature Ti is brought in contact
\> with the cylinder head at AB and heat is
Volume —-- supplied at temperature Ti to the working
(b) fluid (air). This causes the air to expand
Fig. 5-1. p-v diagram of Carnot cyeto.
92 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
isothermally along the curve a-b from volume va to vb until point b is reached. This point
is the end of isothermal expansion. The temperature through this process ab has been
maintained constant at Ti. As the air expands, it forces the piston outward thus doing
work on the piston.
Adiabatic expansion : At point b, the hot body is removed and replaced by the
non-conductor cover. Since all the elements of the engine which are now in contact with
the working fluid (air) are non-conductors, no heat can be added or abstracted from the
air. The air now expands adiabatically along curve b-c, doing work on the piston at the
expense of its internal energy. Consequently the temperature falls from 7V to .7? and the
volume increases from vb to vc. At point c, the piston is at the end of tne outward
stroke.
Isothermal compression : At point c, the non-conducting cover is removed and the
cold body at temperature T2 is brought in contact with the conducting cylinder head at
AB. The piston now moves inward compressing the air isothermally along the curve c-d
from volume vc to \/<t, until point d is reached. During this compression, the heat which
is rejected by the air goes into the cold body. This makes the isothermal compression
at constant temperature T2 possible.
Adiabatic compression : At point d the cold body is removed and the non-conducting
cover again takes the position at AB. The air is now adiabatically compressed along the
curve d-a, until it reaches the starting point a of the cycle, where it resumes its initial
conditions of temperature, pressure and volume, and the piston is returned to the end
of the stroke.
Since no transfer of heat occurs during both adiabatic operations, then by the law of
conservation of energy, the difference between the heat received and heat rejected must
be equal to the net work done. Now for any non-flow thermodynamic process,
Heat added = work done + change in internal energy.
Since during isothermal expansion process a-b the temperature does not change
neither will the internal energy change.
Heat added (supplied) during operation a-b = work done
...(i)
Ta Vd\
Similarly, for adiabatic compression d - a, - jr
Va
(iii) The heat is supplied to the air at constant volume by bringing a hot body iri
contact with the end of the engine cylinder.
(iv) The air expands in the engine cylinderadiabatically (withoutfriction) during the
expansion stroke.
(v) The heat is rejected from the air at constant volume bybringing a cold body in
contact with the end of the engine cylinder.
Consider one kilogram of air in the engine cylinder at point (1). This air is compressed
adiabatically to point (2 ), at which condition the hot body is placed in contact with the
end of the cylinder. Heat is now supplied at constant volume, and temperature and
pressure rise; this operation is represented by (2-3). The hot body is then removed and
the air expands adiabatically to point (4). During this process, work is done on the piston.
At point (4), the cold body is placed at the end of the cylinder. Heat is now rejected at
constant volume, resulting in drop of temperature and pressure. This operation is represented
by (4-1). The cold* body is then removed after the air is brought to its original state
(condition). The cycle is thus completed.
The cycle consists of two constant volume processes and two frictionless adiabatic
processes. The heat is supplied during constant volume process (2-3) and rejected during^
constant volume process (4-1). There is no exchange of heat during the two frictionless
adiabatics (1-2) and (3-4).
Heat supplied during constant volume operation (2-3) = Kv ( T3 - T2) heat units/kg of air.
Heat rejected during constant volume operation (4-1) = Kv (T4 - Ti) heat units/kg of air.
Net work done = Heat supplied - Heat rejected
= Kv ( T3 - T2) - Kv ( Ta - T i) heat units per kg of air.
. Net work done per kg of air
ciency, 11 - Heat supplied per kg of air
Kv ( Tz - T2) - Kv (Ta - Ti) r 4 - Ti
Kv (T3 - r 2) 7b - 72 (5 7 )
Air-Standard Cycles 95
Considering adiabatic compression (1-2),
( 0 Y_ 1 (74 -
7i) ( / ) Y_1
From eqn. ( 5 . 8 ) , it is seen that the air-standard efficiency of I.C. engines working on
Otto cycle is a function of the compression ratio (/) only. The following table gives the
value of air-standard efficiency for various ratios of compression :
Ratio of compression, 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0
r
Percentage air-standard 24.51 35.42 42.56 45.21 47.47 49.44 51.16 52.70 54.00 55.34 56.46
efficiency ( Y = 1.4)
From (i), - ^ = ( /) Y“ 1
From eqn. (5.9), it should be observed that T2 is not the highest temperature of the
cycle, and therefore the efficiency is less than Carnot, which, for the temperature range
obtaining, would be 1 - or " - f t where Ta is the highest temperature of the Otto
cycle.
The eqn. (5.8) shows, that higher thermal efficiency can be obtained with higher
compression ratio, and smaller the difference between T3 and 7 ? , the more closely is
the Carnot efficiency approached, but at the expense of reduction in net work done per
kg of air.
Problem - 2 : In an ideal Otto cycle engine, the temperature and pressure at the
beginning of compression are 4&C and 100 kPa respectively and the temperature at the
96 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
end o f adiabatic compression is 323°C. If the temperature at the end o f constant volume
heat addition is 1,500eC, calculate : (a) the compression ratio,' (b) the air-standard efficiency,
and (c) the temperature and pressure at the end o f adiabatic expansion. Assume y as
1.4 for air.
(a) Referring to fig. 5-3, pr = 100 kPa,
T i = 43 + 273 = 316 Kj-
72 = 323 + 273 = 596 K;
7*3 = 1,500 + 273 = 1,773 K.
Referring to fig. 5-3 and considering adiabatic compression (1-2),
72 JCLlr-i 1~ 1
7*1
to
\
72
i.e. (i) Y - 1
7i
Compression ratio,
1 1
f596 1 .4 - 1
r-
316
= ( 1.886)2'5 = 4.87
- 1 -
1 =
.
1- 1
( /) Y' 1 (4-87)',0 -4
Volume 1
* 1- 0- 4695 or 46- 95%
1-884
H
Problem - 3 : In an engine working on the ideal Otto cycle, the pressure and
temperature at the beginning o f compression are 100 kPa and 40°C respectively. If the
air-standard efficiency of the engine is 50%, determine; (i) the compression ratio, and (ii)
the pressure and temperature at the end o f adiabatic compression. Assume y for air as
1.4.
Referring to fig. 5.3, p i = 100 kPa, Ti = 40 + 273 = 313 K.
(i) Using eqn. (5.8),
P^ K
Y _= p, x (r)Y = 10 x (5)1‘ 4 = 9-52 bar
P2 = P1 x
,, Tj ft
Hence, as v2 = v3-=- = —
’b P?
-r-
73 - T2T x - Ps- 710n x ^ 25 = 1,865 K or f3 = 1,592°C
I ■(f)V ■* 72- r” { f p 1
0-4
72 = 313 x p ^ f j 1' 4 - 313 * 2-169 - 678-9 K
Hence, as V4 = vj, ^ = Q-
74 Ti
Imagine the cylinder to contain 1 kg of air at point (1). This air is compressed
adiabatically to point (2) by the piston during its inward stroke. The air now occupies the
clearance volume. The heat is then supplied at constant pressure by bringing a hot body
in contact with the end of the cylinder. At point (3) the hot body is removed and the
supply of heat is stopped. This point is known as the point of cut-off. The air now
expands adiabatically to point (4). During this process, work is done on the piston. The
air now occupies the whole cylinder volume. The cold body is then placed at the end
of the cylinder and heat is abstracted from the working substance at constant volume
until the pressure falls to point (1). This operation is represented by (4-1). The cold body
is removed after the air is brought to its original condition (1). The cycle is thus completed.
The cycle consists of two adiabatic processes, one constant pressure process and
one constant volume process. Heat is supplied during constant pressure process (2-3)
Internal Combustion Engines 101
and heat is rejected during constant volume process (4-1). There is no exchange of heat
during adiabatic processes (1-2) and (3-4)
Heat supplied during constant pressure process (2-3) = Kp (T j - T2) heat units per
kg of air.
Heat rejected during constant volume process (4-1) = KV(T4 - Ti) heat units per kg of air.
Net work done by the air = Heat supplied - Heat rejected
= Kp (T j - T£ - Kv (T4 - Tj) heat units per kg of air.
. « „ . Net work done per kg of air
A.S. efficiency, rj = —— :------- r.~ - r —, a , .
Heat supplied per kg of air
= ftp (T3 - r 2) - kv m - Tq
kp (T3 - T2)
. kv T4 - T, M 1 T4 - 7| ...(5.10)
“ 1 ” T~ X "=7= W = ' X^ T-
kp /3 - /2 Y '3 ~ *2
Vi v3
Letcompression ratio, — = r and cut-off ratio, — = p
v4 v4 v2 ^ v2 r ...(5.11)
Then, expansion ratio, — = — x — = — x — = —
v3 v2 v3 v2 v3 p
Fb Vo P3 V3
From constant pressure heat addition (2-3), —=— = —=—
'2 '3
T3 v3 T3 ■••(i)
Hence, as pz = £ 3 , -=- = — = p .*. T2 = —
'2 *® P
T2
From adiabatic compression (1-2), -=-
'1
r, -
■ w ’ - 1
.(iii)
Substituting value of T2 from (i) in (ii), we get, 7| =
P (r) Y - 1
T3
From adiabatic expansion (3-4), -=- Y - 1 = Y - 1
•4 \ J/
1 7-3 ( p ) ' -< M
.-. T4 = ------------ r— or T4 = —
( r ) T_1 p (0 Y
Substituting values of T2, Tj and T4 from (i), (iii) and (iv) in eqn. (5.10), we get,
7*3 ( p ) T _ T3
(P )T
1 1
A.S.E. - 1 -
(O 1 -1
= 1- (P )Y - 1
(O P~ 1
1- (p )Y - 1
...(5.12)
( ry Y (P - 1)
This expression is the air-standard efficiency of the Diesel cycle. It will be noted from
the expression (5.12), that the air-standard efficiency of the Diesel cycle depends upon
the value of r and p. The efficiency increases as r is increased and decreases as p is
increased.
The factor ( P ) T- 1 depends upon the value of cut-off ratio and is greater than
„ Y (P - 1 ),
unity; hence the air-standard efficiency of the Diesel cycle for a given compression ratio
Y- 1
is less than 1 - j , which is the efficiency of Otto cycle.
Ratio of compression
p * Ratio of expansion
- = 2 -36
5
Considering adiabatic compression (1-2),
1 .0 -2 8 6
Tg Pz 3,500 \
-2-69
7i Pi 1 10 J
.*.72- Ti x 2-69 = 289 x 2-69 = 778K.
Ta ( V 3\ y - '
Considering adiabatic expansion (3-4), -=? = f-ry
73
A.S.E. - 1 - (P)7- 1
(0 7( P “ 1)j
Here, ratio of compression, r = 11.8, cut-off ratio, p - 2.36, y 1-4.
On substitution of values in eqn. (5.12), we get,
1 (2-36)1' 4 - 1
Air standard efficiency * 1 - 1-4-1
( 11 * 8 ) 1 - 4 ( 2 - 3 6 - 1)
3- 3 2 - 1
- 1 - 0- 371
1- 904
= 1 - 0.4517 = 0.5483 i.e. 54.83% (same as before )
Problem - 8 : The following data relate to a theoretical Diesel cycle, using air as
the working fluid :
Pressure at the end o f suction stroke ...100 kPa
Temperature at the end o f suction stroke ...30°C
Temperature at the end o f constant pressure heat addition ... 1,500°C
Compression ratio ...16
Specific heat o f air at constant pressure ...1.005 kJ/KgK
Specific heat o f air at constant volume ...0.7115 kJ/kg K
Find : (a) the percentage o f stroke at which cut-off takes place, (b) the temperature
at the end o f expansion stroke, and (c) the ideal thermal efficiency.
1005
Here, pi - 100 kPa; fi - 30° C; fa = 1,500° C; — = r« 16; ^ 1* 41
VZ Kv 0-7115
(a) Referring to fig. 5-9 and considering adiabatic compression 1-2,
‘ P Tz /Vl\Y~ 1
M or
r, -
72 - Ti x ( a) Y~ 1
. > V4 V4 VZ Vt Vfc
' ' 1$ VZ V3 Vz VS
( as V4 = v i )
Va 1
Expansion ratio, — - 16 x - 8-529
va 1*876
From adiabatic expansion (3 - 4),
73 r3
a Ta =
Ta T-1
1,773 1,773
74 - = 736 K or 74 = 463°C
(8 - 529)°’ 41 2* 408
(c) Heat supplied = kp ( T3 - T2 ) = 1.005 ( 1,773 - 945 ) = 832.14 kJ/kg of air.
Heat rejected = kv ( Ta - Ti ) = 0.7115 ( 736 - 303 ) = 308.07 kJ/kg of air.
.*. Heat converted to work or work done = 832.14 - 308.07 = 524.07 kJ/kg of air.
.. .. . .. . Work done per kg of air 524-07 a CoqC „ , M o*
Now, ideal thermal eff. I = 77— ------- — f — 7 -r- = OQO — = 0- 6286 or 62.86 %
or A.S. efficiency J Heat supplied per kg of air 832-14
5.8 Dual-combustion Cycle
This cycle is known as a dual-combustion or mixed cycle because the heat is taken
in partly at constant volume and partly at constant pressure. This cycle is used in modern
high speed oil engines and is a combination of Otto and Diesel cycles. Engines working
on this cycle are sometimes called Semi-Diesel engines.
The ideal p - v and 7 - <j» diagrams for this cycle are shown in fig. 5-10. In working
out the air-standard efficiency of this cycle the following assumptions are made :
49 3 .0 0 0 ' S-
\\
•*
_3, L, 7
V-O 2 A 0
a'
AV* 7
\r 28
000
I 2.1
i *■5
Adi abat cs <
VA
\ 3
u rA
M 21 fc
M
Lj
7 C.o^A
£
a, 1,000
1 U1
<
- X)1
7 I
1
0 - 4 __ r ..
L 10 0 02 .0-4 06 0-8 1-0 1-2
Volume V Entropy —<£>
Fig. 5-10. p-v and T-a diagrams of dual-combustion cycle.
106 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. Ii
(i) The working fluid in the engine cylinder is air and behaves as a perfect gas, i.e.,
it obeys gas laws and has constant specific heats.
(ii) The working fluid is compressed in the engine cylinder adiabatically (without friction)
during compression stroke.
(iii) Heat is partly supplied at constant volume to the working fluid by bringing a hot
body in contact with the end of the cylinder. The source of heat is still maintained while
the piston moves outward during the working stroke and the remaining heat is supplied
to the working fluid at constant pressure. The hot body is then removed after the first
portion of the working stroke is completed.
(iv) The working fluid expands in the engine cylinder adiabatically (without friction)
during the expansion stroke.
(v) Heat is abstracted from the working fluid (substance) at constant volume by bringing
a cold body in contact with the end of the cylinder.
Imagine the cylinder to contain one kg of air at point (1). This air is compressed
adiabatically to point (2) by the piston during its inward stroke. The air now occupies the
clearance volume. The heat is then supplied at constant volume by bringing a hot body
in contact with the end of the cylinder. This operation is represented by line (2-3). The
hot body is still maintained at the end of the cylinder during first portion of the working
stroke and heat is supplied at constant pressure. This operation is represented by line
(3-4). The hot body is then removed and the supply of heat is stopped at point 4. The
air now expands adiabatically to point (5). During this process work is done on the piston.
The air now occupies the whole cylinder volume. The cold body is then placed at the
end of the cylinder and heat is abstracted from the working fluid at constant volume until
the pressure falls to point (1). This operation is represented by line (5-1). The cold body
is then removed and air is brought to its original condition(1). The cycle is thuscompleted.
This cycle consists of two adiabatic processes, two constant volumeprocesses and
one constant pressure process. Heat is supplied during constant volume process (2-3)
and constant pressure process (3-4). Heat is rejected during constant volume process
(5-1). There is no exchange of heat during the adiabatics (1-2) and (4-5). Referring to
fig. 5-10,
Heat supplied = kv (T3 - T2) + kp ( T4 - T3) heat units/kg of air and
Heat rejected = ky (Ts - Ti) heat units/kg of air.
Net work done = kv ( T3 - T2) + kp (T4 - T3) - kv (T s - Ti) heat units/kg of air.
_ Work done/kg of air
Heat supplied/kg of air
, 0 2 Vfc P3 V3
From constant volume heat addition (2-3), ^ * y3
..(0
Hence, as ■ P ** ^2
*2 p2
V4
From constant pressure heat addition (3-4), S - - — « p or 74 - p 73
7s y —1 v 72
From adiabatic compression (1-2), -= -• (/)T or 7i
(/) y- 1
73
Substituing value of Tz from (i) in (HQ. we 9et» Ti ■ -(iv)
PM ’ ' 1
VS\ T“ 1 M Y* 1
From adiabatic expansion (4-5), I—
Pi
Ta Ta (p) Y~ 1
.•* r 5 TvFT
M’ - 1 ..(v)
w
Substituting value of Ta from (ii) in (v), we get,
Tsm p 7b (p)T" 1 pT 7b ...(vi)
( / ) y_ 1
Substituting values of T2, Ta, Ti and Ts from (i), (ii), (iv) and (vi) in eqn. (5.13), we get,
Pr r3 r3
(A.S.E.)
~£
S'
+
M
\
p?
/
1
' PM’- 1
1 - j + Y (P -1 )
T—-i
1 -
Y- 1 '
(I) n ♦ Y ( P - 1)
( 1 ‘ f)
1- ..(5.14)
P ( P ) T ~ 1
(6 Y- 1 ( P - 1) + P Y (P - 1)
This is the air-standard efficiency of the dual-combustion cycle.
Now, in eqn. (5.14)>Jf pressure ratio, p - 1, i.e. p 3 - pz,
A S .E - 1 - (p)r - i y
y- 1
7 < p - 1)J
(0
which is the expression of the A.S.E. of the Diesel cycle.
/
108 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Again, in eqn. (5.14), if cut-off ratio, p= 1, i.e. v3 - vAi
1 (P- 1)
AS.E. = 1 -
(p- 1) + P y ( 0 )
= 1 - Iz J L = 1-
1 P- 1
to' t o Y" 1
which is the expression of the Air-standard efficiency (A.S.E.) of the Otto cycle.
Problem - 9 : An oil engine working on the dual-combustion cycle has a cylinder
diameter o f 25 cm and stroke o f 36 cm. The clearance volume is 1,600 cmf3 and cut-off
takes place at 5 per cent o f the stroke. The explosion pressure ratio is 1.4. Find the
air-standard efficiency o f the engine. Assume y = 1.4 for air.
^ f -{£)’ w* ■pi(^)T
•*. pz - P i(0 Y - 100 X (10)1 41 = 2,570 kPa
pzvz P3V3
From constant volume heat addition (2-3),
7b
.. 73 P3 - - p3
Hence, as V2 = va, — or 73 = 72 x —
12 P2 Pz
7 non
.-. 73 - 958 • 8 X - 2,612 K or fe - 2,339 C
£,570 •
Heat added at constant volume (2-3) per kg. of air
= Kv (73 - 72) = 0.716 (2,612 - 958.8) = 1,183.7 kJ/kg of air.
Heat added at constant pressure (3-4) per kg of air
■ 1,675 - 1,183.7 = 491.3 kJ per kg of air = kp (7* - Tj)
or Tz = Ti (r) Y_1
r3
Similarly, -=^ = (1) Y“ 1 or 73 = T4 (1) Y 1
*4
Substituting the values of 7? and T3 in the eqn. (5-15) we get,
74 - Ti
Air-standard efficiency = 1 -
74(/)y" 1 - 7 ,( /) y - 1
1
= 1 - ...(5.16)
1
(/)'
Air-Standard Cycles 111
T3 and T4
. 1 ..(5-17b)
Air-standard efficiency = 1 ------ — —
(rp) Y
^ = (r)Yand — = (r)Y
P4 w pi w
P3 p 2 300 , . .. ,
' P4 - T 10 ( ratl° expansion = ration of compression )
Y - 1 0 4
CO
Q
O
1 0 0
\ /
73 823
- T i ‘ T 5S ‘ T 3K = 6 1 7 7K
Fig. 5-13. Explanation of mean effective pressure. Fig. 5-14. p-v diagram of Otto cycle.
In fig. 5-13, a-b-c-d shows the p-v diagram and a-e-f-g the equivalent rectangular
diagram. The area of the rectangle a-e-f-g is equal to area of indicator diagram a-b-c-d.
Since the area of the p-v diagram is equal to the net work of the cycle in kJ, it is
evident that,
wMT-n Work done per cycle in kJ . ,..,2
M.E.P. -----------------^ — 1-----------x kPa or kN/m
Displacement volume in m
_ Work done per cycle in kJ|(ra Qf KN/m2 ...(5.18)
va - ve in m
where, va = total cylinder volume in m3,
ve = clearance volume in m3, and
va - ve = piston displacement volume in m3'
The mean effective pressure of the ideal cycles used in modern internal combustion
engines is obtained as follows :
5.10.1 O tto cycle : The p - v diagram of the ideal Otto cycle is shown in fig. 5-14.
Work done per cycle = Area 1-2-3-4
= area under adiabatic expansion (3-4) minus area under adiabatic compression (1-2)
P3V3 - P4V4 P2VZ - P1V1
kJ
7- 1 Y- 1
where, pressure are in kPa and volumes in m3
Work done per cycle in kJ
Ideal M.E.P. = kPa or kN/m ...(5.19)
vi - V2 in m3
where, vi - V2 = piston displacement volume in m .
Air-Standard Cycles 113
Problem - 12 : Show that the ideal M.E.P. o f the Otto cycle is given by
pi r( p - 1> (r 1)
(r- 1 ) ( t - 1 )
where, p i = pressure at the beginning o f
compression,
r = compression ratio, and
p = ratio o f maximum pressure to
compression pressure.
Pressure
P4 va
1 (P 3 V 3 - P a v a )- (Pzvz - P 1 V1)
(vi - vg) ( Y - 1)
1 ( p i (1) Yp Vz - pi p vs r ) - (p i (1) Y vg - pi r vg)
vz ( r - 1) (Y - 1)
1 (pi ( r ) Yp - pi p r ) - (pi ( r ) Y- Pi •)
( r - r)
1
m
-<
mk
1
P1 r
_
(r- 1) (y - 1)
p i r ( p - 1) (rY~ 1 - 1)
( r - 1) (Y- 1)
Problem - 13 : In an ideal Otto cycle the charge taken in is assumed to be air at
a temperature of 20°C and a pressure of 110 kPa. If the clearance volume is 25 per
114 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
cent o f the swept volume and the temperature at the end o f the constant volume heat
addition is 1,440°C, find the ideal mean effective pressure in kPa. Take y - 1-4 for air.
Referring to fig. 5-16.
p 1 = 110 kPa; f, = 20°C; t3 = 1,440°C.
Swept volume = vy = v2 and clearance
volume = v2.
Now, v2 = 0.25 (v, - v£ i.e.,
1.25 v2 = 0.25 Vi
Vt
— - 5 (Compression ratio)
P3K3 PzY2
From constant volume process ( 2-3 ),
P3 T$
Hence, as v3 * v2 ,
Pz
(1,440 + 273)
. PS - PJ x ^ - 1,047 x ^ - 3,214-17 kPa
558
Ps (Va )
Considering adiabatic expansions (3-4), — - - (O
x*/
P3 3,214-17 3,2147
Pa - = 337-69 kPa
1-4 9 . 518
(0Y (5)
Pav3 - P4 V4 Pzv2 - Pi Vi
Work done per cycle *= kJ
y- 1 Y- 1
3,214-17 Vz - 337-69 x 5v2 1,047Vz - 110 x 5v2
" 1-4-1 " 1-4-1
= v2 x 2 ,580- 42 kJ
Work done per cycle in kJ
Ideal M.E.P. = --------------- c----- 1— 5------ kPa
(vi - v2) in m
„ ,x
2,580-42 kpa
V2 X 4
Problem — 14 : An engine working on the ideal Otto cycle has a clearance volume
Air-Standard Cycles 115
o f 0.03 m3 and swept volume o f 0.12 m3. If the heat supplied at constant volume is
145 kJ per cycle, calculate the ideal mean effective pressure in kPa. Take y 1.4 for air.
Clearance volume + Swept volume 0-03 + 0-12
Compression ratio, r — —c----------- = -----— ---------- 5
Clearance volume 0-03
1 _ 1
Air-standard efficiency 1 - 1 - - 0- 475 or 47- 5 %
\0- 4
<r)T_ 1 (5)'
Work done per cycle in kJ
Again, air-standard efficiency
Heat supplied per cycle in kJ
n Work done per cycle in kJ
I.e., U- 475 - 145
Pz
From adiabatic compression ( 1-2 ),
Pi
P3 14 \ 1-4
From adiabatic expansion ( 3-4 ), — = (8- 485)1' 4 - 19-95
1-65 v2\
A
P3 = 4,345
P4 = 19-95 = 19-95 - 217-8 kPa
r3 /v4\ Y - 1 Y - 1
/. kp « 1- 4 x 0-718-1-005 kJ/kg K
Referring to fig. 5-18 and considering adiabatic compression (1-2),
P2 f t ! ' 7
Pi - S i - « ■
Let the clearance volume be unity then vi = 14, v2 = 1, vs = 14, and stroke volume
= V1 - V2 = 13
25% of the stroke volume - 0-25 x 13 * 3-25. Hence, V4 - 3-25 + 1 = 4-25
Considering points 3 and 4 adiabatic expansion (3-4), p3 Vi1 - pA V4Y
P3= l m va (p i)
or —
P 4
H v& P 4
VA 4- 25 4- 25
V3> 1 = 1-78
2- 382
3,800\ 1- 4
PA 95
Y- 1
To ( v\\ Y- 1
Considering adiabatic compression (1-2), - ^ = — | = (r)
P3
(c) From adiabatic expansion (3-5),
P5 '(3)
P3 3,800 3,800
••• ps « - 2 1 2 kPa
1*4 17*95
fv s \T •f 1 4 I
1*78
w
Pi ( I) ’ [ y (p - 1) - t t 1 (Pr - 1)]
(1 - 1) (r - 1)
where, pr = Pressure at the beginning of the compression,
Air-Standard Cycles 119
n = Compression ratio, and p =
Cut=off ratio.
Referring to fig. 5-19,
Y
P2 _ rvV
Pi
*• P2 = Pi (0 Y
Y
W
^ = s
P4 V3 ,pj
P3 (P)'
•• P4 *
O '1
— r . Vj = fVS = V4
vs
V3
= p Vz
P3 ( P Y“ P -
i
( r - 1) (Y- 1>
^ ( P Y - Y - P ^ 1' 7 ^ 1^ )
( r - 1) (•Y - D
P 3 [Y (P - 1 ) - ' 1 ~ Y ( p Y ~ 1)]
. " (Y - D ( r - 1)
P i ( Q Y T y ( p - 1 ) - ( r ) 1~ Y ( P Y - 1)]
( Y - 1) ( r - 1)
Problem - 18 : The mean effective pressure of ideal Diesel cycle engine is 6.1 bar.
120 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
If the pressure at the beginning o f compression is 1 bar and the compression ratio is
13, determine the cut-off ratio. Assume y = 1.4 for. air.
Using the expression of ideal "M.E.P. of diesel cycle derived earlier (vide problem-17)
Idear M.E.P.
P i t o * [ T ( p - D - ( 0 , ^ , ( P r - 1)1
( i - 1) ( r - 1)
where, p i = Pressure at the beginning of compression,
r = Compression ratio, and p = Cut-off ratio.
Referring to fig. 5-19, p i = 1 bar; — = r = 13; ideal M.E.P. = 6.1 bar; y * 1.4
vz
On substitution of the values, we get
&1 _ 1 » (13)' 4 [ 1 4 ( p - 1) - (13)~°~4 ( p 1 4 - 1)1
(1-4 - 1) (13 - 1)
36- 27 [ 1- 4 ( p - 1) - 0-3584 (p 14 - 1)1
4- 8
6-1 x 4- 8
or . 1 4 p - 1-4 - 0- 3584p1 4 + 0-3548
36-27
or 1-8493 1-4 p - 0- 3584 p 1-4
or 1- 4 p - 0- 3584 p1’ 4 - 1-8493 = 0
By trial and error method putting p = 2, we get
(1-4 x 2) - 0-3584 (2)1’ 4 - 1-8493 * 0 or 2.8 - 0.9458 - 1.8493 » 0
Thus cut-off ratio, p s 2
5.10.3 Dual-Combustion cycle : The p - v diagram of ideal cycle is shown in fig. |
5-20. Work done per cycle = Area 1-2-3-4-5 = area under ( 3-4 ) + area under ( 4-5 ) '
minus area under ( 2-1 ). ■* i
P3 -
P4V4 - P5V5
V3) +
Pzvz - pi Vi kJ
7 -1 Y -1
where pressures are in kPa and volumes in m3*
,.,rn Work done per cycle in kJ . _ ...(5.21) i
.-. Ideal M-E-P- = --------------- — 1— =--------- kPa
(v i - V2) is m
where ( vi - v?) = piston displace- i|
ment volume in m *
Problem - 1 9 : A compression-ig-
nition engine, working on the dual-com- (
bustion cycle, has a compression ratio i)
o f 10 and two-thirds of the total heat !
supplied is taken in at constant volume if
and the remainder at constant pressure, t?
The maximum pressure in the cycle is j
4200 kPa and the pressure and tempera- i
ture at the beginning o f compression i
are 105 kPa and 303 K respectively, i
Assuming the working fluid to be air i
Fig. 5-20. p-v diagram of ideal dual-combustion cycle
Air-Standard Cycles 121
throughout the cycle, find the ideal mean
effective pressure o f the cycle in kPa.
► Assume kp = 1.0035 kJ/kg K, Kv =
0.7165 kJ/kg K and y = 14 for air.
Referring to fig. 5-21,
p3 = p4 = 4,200 kPa; p i = 105 kPa;
Ti = 303 K; — « r * 10
vz
Then, v i * 10 V2 * r and
swept volume = v i - V2 = 9 v2.
From adiabatic compression ( 1-2 ),
t- 1
72 Y-1
Ti * (vsj " (l>
/. 72 = 71 X ( /) Y ' 1
P2
Hg. 5-21. p-v diagram of ideal dual-combustion cycle
Pi
P4 vs
From adiabtu: expansion ( 4-5), ^ - |—
v4j
P4 4,200 ■inn.1 a I/Dn
122 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Work done per cycle = area 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
= area under ( 3-4 ) plus area under ( 4-5 ) minus area under (2-1 ).
_ .. P 4 V4 - P5V5 P2V2 - P 1 V1
P a (v 4 - v3) + — : ■■— - — — — kJ
= 3,507.6 v2 kJ
Ideal M.E.P. = -W o rk done per cycle in kJ kRa
Swept volume in m (v j - v2)
3 ,507-6^2
= 389.73 kPa.
9vb
i - ( i p
(c « ,-(i)V
where, r is the compression ratio and y is the ratio of the specific heats of air.
(ii) For the same compression ratio,
(a) both Otto cycle and Diesel cycle are equally efficient
(b) Efficiency of Otto cycle is more than that of the Diesel cycle.
(c) Efficiency of Diesel cycle is more than that of the Otto cycle.
(iii) In an engine working on ideal Otto,.cycle, combustion takes place
(a) at constant pressure.
(b) at constant volume.
(c) partly at constant volume and partly at constant pressure.
(d) at constant temperature.
(iv) Dual-combustion cycle is also known as
(a) Otto cycle, (b) Diesel cycle, (c) Semi-Diesel cycle, (d) Joule cycle.
(v) Thermal efficiency of the Carnot cycle is
(c) h - t 2 (d) r , - t 2
(vi) In an air-standard cycle,
124 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
(a) all processes are reversible.
(b) all processes are irreversible.
(c) two processes are reversible and other processes are irreversible.
(d) reversibility and irreversibility is not important *
(vii) Efficiency of a Diesel cycle
... , I
(a) increases as compression ratio is increased and decreases as cut-offratio is increased.
(b) increases with increase in both compression ratio and cut-off ratio.
(c) decreases with increase in both compression ratio andcut-off ratio.
(d) decreases as compression ratio is increased and increasesas cut-off ratio is increased.
(viii) Joule cycle consists of
(a) two isentropic and two isothermal operations.
(b) two isentropic and two constant pressure operations.
(c) two isentropic and two constant volume operations.
(d) two isothermal and two constant pressure operations.
(ix) Compression ratio of an I.C. engine is the ratio of
(a) the volume of air in the cylinder before compression stroke and volume ofair in the cylinder after
compression stroke.
(b) volume displaced by piston per stroke and clearance volume.
(c) pressure after compression and pressure before compression.
(d) temperature after compression and temperature before compression.
(x) Joule cycle is used in :
(a) petrol, engine.
(b) diesel engine.
(c) constant pressure type gas turbine plant.
(d) gas engine.
I (i) c, (ii) b, (iii) b, (iv) c, (v) b, (vi) a, (vii) a, (viii) b,;
(ix) a, (x) c ]
4. The temperaturelimits for a Carnot cycle using air as working fluid are 420*C and 10*C. Calculate the
efficiency of the cycle and the ratio of adiabatic expansion. Take y = 1.4 for air
[59.16%; 9 . 38 : 1)
5. Define the term ‘Air-Standard Efficiency’ as applied to an internal combustion engine.
A petrol engine working on Otto cycle has a cylinder diameter of 10 cm and stroke of 15 cm. The
clearance volume is 250 cm . Find the ideal thermal efficiency ( air-standard efficiency ) of the engine.
Take y = 1.4 for air.
[50.17% }
6. (a) Obtain an expression for the air-standard efficiency of an internal combustion engine working on the
Otto cycle in terms of the ratio of compression r and the ratio of the specific heats of air y.
In an engine working on the ideal Otto cycle, the temperatures at the beginning and the end of
adiabatic compression are 100*C and 473*C respectively. Find the compression ratio and the air-standard
efficiency of the engine. Take y = 1.4 for air.
[/-= 5.656; 50%]
(b) Establish an expression for the air-standard efficiency of an engine working on the Otto cycle. If an
engine working on this cycle and using air as the working fluid has its compression ratio raised from
5 to 6, find the percentage increase in ideal thermal efficiency. Take y * 1.4 for air.
[ 7.75% }
7. Show that the efficiency of an air engine working on the constant volume cycle is given by
1- |— 1 where, r is the compression ratio and y is the ratio of the specific heats of air.
(b) Obtain the formula for the ideal efficiency of the Diesel cycle in terms of the volume ratios, assuming
constant specific heats.
Find the percentage loss in the ideal thermal efficiency of a Diesel cycle engine with compression
ratio of 15, by delaying the cut-off from 5 per cent to 10 per cent of the stroke. Take y = 1-4 for
®ir* (6.6% ]
11. Derive an expression for the thermal efficiency of an internal combustion engine working on the ideal Diesel
cycle.
12. A Diesel engine working on the ideal cycle draws In air at a pressure of 110 kPa and temperature of 288
K. The air is compressed adiabatically to 3.5 MPa (3,500 kPa). Heat is taken in atconstantpressure and
expansion takes place adiabatically, the ratio of expansion being 5. The air is exhausted atthe end of the
stroke at constant volume. Calculate : (i) the temperatures at the salient (key) points of the cycle, (ii) the
heat received per kg of working fluid, (iii) theheat rejectedper kg of working fluid, (iv) the work done per
kg of working fluid, and(v) the idea thermal efficiency. Take kp = 1.0035 kJ/kg K, kv = 0.7165 kJ/kg K
and y = 1-4 for air.
I (i) 500.9*C, 1,559.6*C; 689.5*C; (ii) 1,062.41 kJ/kg; (iii)'
483.28 kJ/kg; (iv) 579.13 kJ/kg; (v) 54.51% ]
13. Describe the ideal air cycle for the Diesel engine receiving heat at constant pressure and rejecting heat
at constant volume. Show that the efficiency of this cycle is less than that of the constant volume cycle
for the same compression ratio.
14. (a) In an ideal Diesel cycle the temperatures at the beginning and end of compression are 57*C and
603*C respectively, whilst those at the beginning and end of expansion are 1,950'C and 870*C
respectively. Determine per kg of working fluid for which R = 0.287 kJ/kg K and y = 1.4, (a) the heat
received in kJ, (b) the heat rejectedin kJ,(c) the work done in kJ, and (d) the ideal thermal efficiency.
If the compression ratio is 14:1 and the pressure at the beginning of compression is 100 kPa,
determine the maximum pressure in the cycle.
[ (a) 1,343 kJ/kg; (b) 583 kJ/kg: (c) 760 kJ/kg; (d) 56.59%; 4,023 kPa ]
(b) Sketch the pressure-volume and temperature-entropy diagrams for the ideal Diesel cycle and describe
the sequence of operations.
In an ideal Diesel cycle, the temperatures at the beginning and end of compression are 32*C and
615’C respectively. If the temperature at the end of constant pressure heat addition is, 1,780*C,
determine : (a) the value of the compression ratio, (b) the percentage of the working stroke at which
cut-off takes place, and (c) the ideal thermal efficiency. Assume y = 1-4 and kp = 0.997 kJ/kg K for
air.
( (a) r = 14.4; (b) 9.78%; (c) 58.19%J
15. Show that the efficiency of an air engine working on the Diesel cycle may be expressed as :
* 1 .1 (P)T- 1
( f ) r - 1 Y P - 1
where, r is the compression ratio, p is the’ cut-off ratio, and y is the ratio of the specific heats of air.
16. Derive an expression for the air-standard efficiency of an oil engine working on the Diesel cycle, stating
clearly the assumptions made.
State the reasons why the actual thermal efficiency of an internal combustion engine is lower than its
air-standard efficiency.
17. Show that in an engine working on the dual-combustion cycle and using air as the working fluid, the
126 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
air-standard efficiency is given by the expression
1 - 1 P(p)T~ 1
(A)7 ' 1 (p- 1 ) + py ( P - D
where, r = compression ratio, p = explosion ratio, p = cut-off ratio, and y = ratio of specific heats of air.
18. An oil engine working on Ihe dual-combustion cycle has a cylinder diameter of 20 cm and a stroke of 40
cm. The compression ratio is 13.5 and the explosion or pressure ratio obtained from indicator diagram is
1.42. From the indicator diagram it was found that cut-off occurred at 5.1% of the stroke. Find the air-standard
efficiency of the engine. Assume y = 1.4 for air.
I 61.58% ]
19. A high speed Diesel engine working on ideal dual-combustion cycle, takes in air at a pressure of 100 kPa
and the temperature of 50°C and compresses it adiabatically to 1/i 4th of its original volume. At the end of
the compression■the heat is added in such a manner that during the first stage, the pressure increases
at constant volume to twice the pressure of the adiabatic compression, and during the second stage following
the constant volume heat addition, the volume is increased twice the clearance volume at constant pressure.
The air is then allowed to expand adiabatically to the end of the stroke where it is exhausted, heat being
rejected at constant volume. Calculate (i) the'temperatures at the salient (key) points of Ihe cycle, and (ii)
the ideal thermal efficiency. Take kp = 0.992$ kJ/kg K and kv = 0.7076 kJ/kg K for air.
Sketch the pressure-volume and temperature-entropy diagrams for the cycle.
I (i) 655.3#C, 1,583.6,C, 3,440.2°C, 1,432‘C, (ii) 60.87% ]
20. In a compression-ignition engine working on ideal dual-combustion cycle, the pressure and temperature at
Ihe beginning of compression are 1 bar and 127°C respectively. The pressure at the end of compression
is 30 bar and the maximum pressure of the cycle is 50 bar. During combustion, half of the heat is added
at constant volume and half at constant pressure. Both the compression and expansion curves are adiabatic
and heat is rejected at constant volume. Calculate the tenfperatures at the salient (key) points of the cycle
and the ideal thermal efficiency. Take kp = 0.9965 kJ/kg K and Kv = 0.7118 KJ/kg K for air throughout
the cycle.
[ 783.8°C, 1,488“C, 1,991'C, 674.3°C; 61.14% ]
21. A high speed Diesel engine working on the ideal dual-combustion cycle has compression ratio of 11. The
pressure and temperature before compression are 100 kPa and 90°C respectively. If the maximum pressure
in the cycle is 5,000 kPa and the constant pressure heat addition continues for 1/201h of the stroke, find
the work done per kg of air and the ideal thermal efficiency. Take kp = 0.9965 kJ/kg K and kv = 0.7118
kJ/kg K for air.
Sketch the pressure-volume and temperature-entropy diagrams for the cycle. [ 787 kj/kg; 59.52% ]
22. Calculate Ihe air-standard efficiency of a gas turbine plant working on Joule cycle between 103 kPa and
412 kPa. If minimum and maximum temperatures in the cycle are 27°C and 527°C respectively, find
temperatures after isentropic compression and after isentropic expansion. Take y = 1.4 for air.
( 32.7%, 172.5-C, 265.72°C ]
23. Show that the ideal M.E.P. of the Otto cycle is given by the expression :
pi r ( P - 1)( r 1 - 1)
(r- 1) ( y - 1)
where, p» = pressure at the beginning of compression, r = compression ratio, and p = ratio of maximum
pressure to compression pressure.
24. A petrol engine with supply pressure and temperature of 100 kPa and 40°C respectively and working on
ideal Otto cycle has a compression ratio of 5.8. Heat supplied at constant volume per kilogram of charge
is 586 kJ. Find the pressures and temperatures at the salient (key) points of Ihe ideal cyde, if the
compression and expansion law is pv1• * constant. Calculate also the theoretical mean effective pressure.
Take kv = 0.712 k'J/kg K for air.
( 1,171 kPa, 2,696 kPa; 230.2 kPa; 359.26°C, 1,182.62°C, 447.6°C; M.E.P. = 401 kPa ]
25. Show that the ideal M.E.P. of the Diesel cyde may be expressed as
(Y- D ( r ~ 1)
where, pi = pressure at the beginning of compression,
r = compression ratio, and p = cut-off ratio,
26. An air. engine works on ideal cycle in which heat is received at constant pressure and rejected at constant
volume. The pressure and temperature at the beginning of the, compression stroke are 100 kPa and 15*C
Air-Standard Cycles 127*
respectively. The compression ratio is 15.3 and expansion ratio is 7. If the law of adiabatic compression
and expansion is pv14 = constant, calculate : (i) the ideal thermal efficiency, and (ii) the ideal mean effective
pressure of the cycle. Take kp = 0.994 kJ/kg K and kv = 0.709 kJ/kg K for air.
[ (i) 59.87% ; (ii) M.E.P. = 791.3 kPa ]
27. An air engine working on ideal cycle in which heat is received at constant pressure and rejected at constant
voitime. The pressure and temperature at the beginning of compression stroke are 100 kPa and 40*C
respectively. The compression ratio is 13 and cut-off ratio is 2. If the compression and expansion curves
are adiabatic, calculate the ideal mean effective pressure of the cycle and its ideal thermal efficiency.
Take kp = 1.0035 kJ/kg K, ky m 0.7165 kJ/kg K and y = 1.4 for air.
[ M.E.P. = 613.68 kPa ; 58.08% ]
28. A Diesel engine works on the ideal cycle with a compression ratio of 14 and with cut-off taking place at
10% of the stroke. The pressure at the beginning of compression is 100 kPa. Calculate the ideal thermal
efficiency and ideal mean effective pressure of the cycle. Take y = 1.4 for air.
[ 57.86% ; M.E.P. = 813.58 kPa ]
29. The compression ratio of an engine working on the dual-combustion cycle is 9 to 1 and the maximum
pressure is 3,900 kPa. The temperature at the beginning of compression is 95*C and at the end of
expansion is 545*C. Considering the ideal cycle with air as the working fluid and assuming that the pressure
at the beginning of compression is 100 kPa, find (a) the ideal thermal efficiency, and (b) the ideal mean
effective pressure of the cycle. Take kp = 0.9965 kJ/kg K and kv = 0.7118 kJ/kg K for air.
[ (a) 57.98% ; (b) M.E.P. = 475.6 kPa ]
6
INTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINES
6.1 Introduction
Heat engines may be divided into two main classes, according to where combustion
of fuel takes place. In one class, the combustion of fuel takes place entirely outside the
working cylinder. Such engines may be called external combustion engines. The most
common examples of this class are steam engines and steam turbines, where the working
substance is steam. In an external combustion engine the power is produced in two
stages. The energy released from the fuel is first utilized to evaporate water in a boiler
and then the steam so produced is made to act on the piston of the steam engine or
on the blades of the steam turbine, producing external power. If the combustion of fuel
takes place inside the engine cylinder, so that the products of combustion directly act on
the piston or blades, we have the engines of the second class — the so called internal
combustion engines. Diesel, gas and petrol engines and gas turbines are the common
examples of this type, where the working substance is products of combustion.
6.2 Advantages of Internal Combustion Engines over External Combustion Engines
Internal combustion engines have certain advantages over the external combustion
engines. In steam engine plant, the heat of combustion generated in the boiler furnace
passes through the shell or tubes of the boiler to the water on the other side, thus
generating the steam. In most modern steam generators in which the boiler is equipped
with superheater, economiser, etc., about 20% of the heat is wasted during the process
by radiation and by loss up the chimney. The proportion of the total heat going to an
engine which can be converted into work depends upon the range of temperature of
working substance, and in a steam engine this range is small, not exceeding 150°C when
saturated steam is used, and about 280°C when superheated steam is used.
Consequently, a steam plant (steam turbine or steam engine) not only loses much
of its heat up the chimney, but also is able to convert only a small part of heat that
goes to the engine into work. In the best modern steam engines and steam turbines,
only about 20 to 30 per cent of the heat going to the engines is converted into work
i.e. about 15 to 25 per cent of the heat of combustion of fuel is converted into work in
the modern best steam plants, i.e. the overall efficiency of the modern steam plants is
about 15 to 25 per cent. The ordinary steam engine does not convert into work more
than 8 to 10 per cent of heat of combustion of fuel. The steam plant after shut down
requires considerable time and fuel before the plant can again be put in operation. If the
boiler is kept running (so as to maintain steam pressure while the engine is not working),
a considerable amount of fuel will be wasted. I. C. engine can be started and stopped
within a few minutes.
In an internal combustion engine, where the fuel is a gas or volatile fuel (petrol),
there is no apparatus corresponding to a boiler, and no loss corresponding to the boiler
losses. If the fuel is coal, it is usually converted into gas before it is used in an internal
combustion engine; this necessitates the use of a gas producer, in which some of the
heat will be lost, though not as much as in the case of the boiler.
In an internal combustion engine, the charge (air mixed with combustible gas or
Internal Combustion Engines 129
vaporized liquid in correct proportion) is drawn into the cylinder by the piston. The mixture
after being compressed into clearance space is ignited by an electric spark, so that the
explosive combustion takes place while the volume of the charge is nearly constant. The
heat thus internally developed gives the working medium a high temperature and pressure,
and then expansion of the gas occurs and work is done as the piston advances. When
the expansion is complete, gases are cleared from the engine cylinder in order to make
way for fresh charge.
Considering thermodynamically, internal combustion engines have the advantage over
the steam engines and steam turbines, that the working medium takes in heat (by its
own combustion) at a very high temperature. In the combustion of the charge, a temperature
of about 2,200°C is reached. The full thermodynamic advantage of a high temperature
could not be reached in practice, for the cylinder walls if allowed to reach this high
temperature would soon be destroyed. Lubrication of piston would also be impossible
hence the cylinder is generally water jacketted to keep the cylinder walls and other engine
parts cool. With large internal combustion engine the difficulty is to keep the cylinder and
the piston cool, while with steam engine the cylinder should be kept hot to reduce the
bsses due to condensation o f steam. The average temperature at which the heat is
received in an internal combustion engine is far above that at which heat is received
fry the working medium of a steam engine or steam turbine. On the other hand, the
internal combustion engines do not discharge heat at as low a temperature as do steam
engines and steam turbines. But the actual working range of temperature is so large that
an I.C. engine converts into work two or three times more of heat energy of the fuel
than is realised by any steam engine or steam turbine. A good I.C. engine will convert
about 35 to 40 per cent o f energy o f fuel into work, the best steam engine will convert
not more than 20 per cent and best steam turbine will convert not more than 30 per
cent o f the heat o f combustion o f fuel into work.
High efficiency and absence o f auxiliary apparatus such as futnaces, boilers, condensers,
make the I.C. engines relatively light and compact for its output. In addition to these
advantages, the I.C. engine has become one of the most reliable devices serving mankind.
I.C. engines are almost main source of power for aircraft, road vehicles and tractors. Of
the new locomotives ordered now-a-days in England and America, over 90 per cent are
powered (driven) by Diesel engines. I.C. engines are very useful in marine service where
space is of great importance.
6.3 Development of I.C. Engines
Around 1878, many experimental I.C. engines were constructed. The first really
successful engine did not appear, however, until 1879, when a German engineer, Dr.
Otto, built famous Otto gas engine. The operating cycle of this engine was based upon
principles first laid down in 1860 by a French engineers named Bea de Rochas. The
majority of modern I.C. engines operate according to these principles.
The development of the well known Diesel engine began around 1893 by Rudolf Diesel.
Although this engine differs in many important respects from the Otto engine, the operating
cycle of modern high speed engines is thermodynamically very similar to the Otto cycle.
6.4 Classification of I.C. Engines
Internal combustion engines may be classified according to :
(i) Cycle o f operation (the number o f strokes required to complete the cycle) •—
two - stroke cycle engine and four-stroke cycle engine.
(ii) Cycle o f combustion - Otto cycle engine (combustion at constant volume), Diesel
cycle engine (combustion at constant pressure), and dual-combustion cycle
130 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II \
engine or semi-Diesel cycle engine (combustion partly at constant volume and
partly at constant pressure).
(iii) Arrangement o f cylinders - horizontal engine, vertical engine, V-type engine,
radial engine, etc.
Civ) Number o f cylinders - single cylinder engine and multi-cylinder engine.
(v) Action o f products o f combustion upon the piston - single-acting engine and
double-acting engine.
(vi) Speed o f the engine - low speed, medium speed and high speed engine.
(vii) Type o f fuel - Diesel oil engine, petrol engine, gas engine, light oil (kerosene)
engine.
(viii) Method o f igniting fuel - spark ignition and compression ignition (C.l.) engine.
(ix) Method o f cooling the cylinder - air cooled engine and water cooled engine.
(x) Method o f governing the engine - hit and miss,, quality and quantity governed
engine.
(xi) Method e f fuel supply to the engine cylinder - carburettor engine, air injection
engine and solid or airless injection engine.
(xii) Suction pressure - naturally aspirated engine and supercharged engine.
(xiii) Their uses - stationary engine, portable engine, marine engine, automobile
engine, tractor engine, aero-engine, etc.
For example, an engine may be described as an oil engine, but it can be more
properly described as : 20 brake power, Diesel two-stroke cycle, horizontal, single cylinder,
single-acting, high speed, solid injection, compression ignition, water cooled, quality governed,
naturally aspirated, stationary engine.
6.5 Requirem ents o f I.C. Engines *
In any I.C. engine the following requirements must be met :
(i) The charge of fuel and air in correct proportion must be supplied to the engine.
(ii) The fuel and air o r'a ir only must be compressed either before or after the
mixing takes place. ■
(iii) The compressed mixture must be ignited, and the resulting expansion of
combustion products is used to drive the engine mechanism.
(iv) The combustion products must be cleared from the engine cylinder when their
expansion is complete, in order to make room for the fresh charge to enter
the cylinder.
Cycles o f operation : Two methods are used to carry out the above mentioned
processes in an I.C. engine, namely, the four-stroke cycle and two-stroke cycle. If an
engine requires four strokes of the piston or two revolutions of the flywheel to complete
the cycle, it is termed a four-stroke cycle engine. If on the other hand, the cycle (all the
processes) is completed in two strokes of the piston or in one revolution of the flywheel,
then the engine is termed a two-stroke cycle engine. Majority of the I.C. engines operate
on the four-stroke cycle. For detailed description of two-stroke and four-stroke cycle
engines, refer volume I, Chapter 10.
Cycles o f combustion : Engines which draw in mixture of fuel and air during the
suction stroke and ignite the compressed mixture by means of a timed electric spark or
small hot spot and burn the mixture while the piston remains close to the top dead centre
(constant volume burning), are called Otto cycle engines. Otto cycle or constant volume
cycle engines may be two-stroke or four-stroke. Gas, petrol, light and heavy oil engines
Internal Combustion Engines 131
use this cycle. This cycle is very popular in two-stroke petrol and oil engines.
In Diesel cycle engines, only air is drawn in and compressed to pressure of about
35 bar by the piston during the compression stroke, the fuel oil being pumped in the
cylinder when the compression is complete. In this way the fuel is fired by coming in
contact with the high pressure hot air. A Diesel engine needs no spark plug or a separate
ignition equipment. Diesel cycle is known as constant pressure cycle because the burning
of the fuel takes place at constant pressure. Diesel cycle is much used in heavy oil
engines. Diesel cycle may be two-stroke or four—stroke.
In dual-combustion cycle engine, only air is drawn in the cylinder during the suction
stroke. This air is then compressed into a hot combustion chamber or hot bulb at the
end of the cylinder during the compression stroke, to a pressure of about 28 bar. The
heat of the compressed air together with the heat of the hot combustion chamber is
sufficient to ignite the fuel. The fuel is injected or sprayed into the hot combustion chamber
just before the end of the compression stroke where it immediately ignites. The injection
of fuel is continued during the first part of the working stroke until the point of cut-off is
reached, which is regulated by the governor.
The burning of fuel at first takes place at constant volume and continues to burn at
constant pressure during the first part of the working stroke. The cycle is known as dual
combustion cycle or Mixed cycle because the heat is taken in partly at constant volume
and partly at constant pressure. Dual-combustion cycle engines may be two-stroke or
four-stroke. Engines working on this cycle are sometimes known as semi-Diesel engines.
This cycle is much used in heavy oil engines. Modern high speed Diesel engines operate
on this cycle. For detailed description o f Otto cycle and Diesel cycle engines, refer volume
1, chapter X.
6.6 Scavenging Methods in Two-stroke Cycle Engines
The clearing or sweeping out of the exhaust gases from the combustion chamber of
the cylinder is termed scavenging.
It is necessary that the cylinder should not have any trace of the burnt (exhaust)
gases because they may mix with the fresh incoming charge and reduce its strength.
Power will be lost if the fresh charge is diluted by the exhaust gases.
Etitoust valve
Cylinder f
Exhaust
Scqvengt
777 air
'! s
' o Piston 0 .2 )
/o
6.7.2 Zenith carburettor : Many different devices have been used for balancing or
Fuel nozzle -
Piston
A high relative velocity between the air and fuel is necessary to have rapid combustion
of the fuel. This object is fulfilled in some cases (i) by having combustion chamber so
designed as to give sufficient turbulence to the air to bring practically all its oxygen into
the vicinity of the fuel stream from the injection nozzle. The fuel is injected directly into
the combustion chamber, (ii) by having a separate combustion chamber, known as
pre-combustion chamber, into which the fuel is injected and, (iii) by having combustion
chambers with an air cell or energy cell.
The first method is known as open chamber or direct method (fig. 6-6a). The fuel is
sprayed directly in the combustion chamber at high pressure and velocity, so that it can
penetrate the mass of compressed air. The fuel distributes itself throughout the air in the
cylinder. The distribution and mixing of fuel with air is effected chiefly by the fuel injector
( nozzle ). In some cases the deflector is provided on the inlet valve to give swirl to
the air during the suction stroke. This gives higher velocity to air, and the swirling air
sets up a certain amount of turbulence. The rate of pressure rise is moderate and on
account of this engine runs smoothly. Direct injection makes possible the starting of the
engine from cold. Open chambers are suitable for moderate and low speed engines.
In the second method, the fuel is injected into an auxiliary or pre-combustion chamber
(fig. 6-6b ) and not directly into the main combustion chamber. The fuel burns in two
stages, partly in the pre-combustion chamber and partly in the main combustion space.
The rise in pressure in the pre-combustion chamber, forces at high velocity the products
of combustion and the remaining fuel into the main combustion chamber.
40
There is, however, a loss of heat in this type of combustion chamber and since
combustion virtually is taking place in two stages, the thermal efficiency obtained is not
the same as is given by the direct injection. It has the advantage that inferior fuels can
Internal Combustion Engines 139
be burned at moderate injection pressures. However, starting from cold is more difficult
than the direct injection type.
6.11 Ignition Methods
The energy of the fuel of I.C. engine is locked up in fuel in the form of chemical
energy. Some means have to be employed whereby this energy can be released and
Earth -= -B a tU ry
Contact
breaker
cam
Fig. 6-7. Battery and coil ignition of four cylinder, four-stroke cycle petrol engine.
made available to run the engine. In addition to the fuel for the purpose of combustion,
two things are necessary - the oxygen supplied in air and some means for igniting the
fuel. All petrol and gas engines use electric spark ignition. Diesel engines, on the other
hand, use the heat of compression alone to ignite the fuel. Before the successful introduction
of spark ignition, petrol and gas engines used hot-tube ignition.
Electric spark ignition is used practically on all gas and petrol engines. The function
of an electrical ignition system is to produce high voltage spark and to deliver it to the
spark plugs at regular intervals and at the correct time with respect to the piston position.
A high tension voltage of about 15,000 volts is normally required to ignite the mixture or
air and fuel vapour in the cylinder. The high tension voltage supply is obtained from a
magneto system or a battery and coil ignition system.
The ignition is performed by the supply of a high voltage of 15,000 volts across the
electrodes of a spark plug placed in the combustion space of the cylinder. Air and gas
separate the two electrodes of the spark gap and offer large resistance to the flow of
electric current. When heavy voltage is applied to the two electrodes of the spark plug
which are separated by air, the air is subjected to electric strain. The strain increases
with the increasing voltage till a point is reached when the voltage is sufficient to break
down the resistance of the air. As soon as the resistance of the air breaks down, the
high voltage spark jumps across the gap between the two electrodes and ignites the
air-fuel mixture.
6.11.1 Battery and coil ignition : The ignition circuit for a four-cylinder petrol engine
working on the four-stroke cycle is shown in fig. 6-7. The primary circuit consists of a
12 volt battery, ignition switch, primary winding of the coil and contact breaker. The
secondary circuit consists of the secondary winding of the coil, distributor and four spark
plugs. The primary winding of the coil consists of a comparatively few turns of coarse
(thick) wire around the iron core. Around this is wrapped the secondary winding consisting
140 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
of a large number of turns of very fine wire. The contact breaker is worked by a contact
breaker cam fitted on a shaft driven by the engine.
To begin with, the ignition switch is put on and the engine is cranked. When the
contacts touch, the current flows from the battery through the switch, through the primary
winding of the induction coil, to the contact breaker points and return to the battery
through the ground (earth). A condenser is connected across the terminals of the breaker
points. This prevents excessive arcing at the breaker points and thereby prolongs the life
of contact breaker points. Immediately after this the moving contact breaker cam break
opens the contact. The breaking of the primary circuit causes a change of magnetic field
and thTs induces a very high voltage in the secondary winding coil. The ratio of number
of turns of secondary to primary has been so adjusted to give a voltage of about 15,000
volts across secondary terminals. This high tension voltage passes to the distributor and
thence to the individual spark plugs which are screwed in the cylinder head. The high
tension voltage is applied across the spark plug gap (approximately 1 mm). Due to high
voltage, the spark jumps across the spark plug gap causing ignition of fuel-air mixture.
In multi-cylinder engines there being more than one cylinder, a high tension voltage
has to be applied in turn to various spark plugs. For this purpose the distributor is used.
The high tension voltage is brought to a rotating terminal (known as rotor arm) which in
moving, contacts a definite order (i.e., 1-3-4-2) with various points in the distributor i.e.
(1-3-4-2) as shown in fig. 6-7.
Both the rotor arm and contact breaker get their motion through the same mechanism
driven by the engine. Every instant when the rotor arm is on one of the contacts, at
that time the contact breaker cam must break the contact and therefore, the motion of
the rotor arm has to be synchronized with that of the contact breakers. For this purpose
the contact breaker mechanism is housed in the body of the distributor. The contact
breaker cam must have as many projections as there are number of cylinders. The speed
of the rotor arm and the contact breaker cam must be half the speed of the engine in
case of four-stroke cycle engines.
From the distributor 4 wires are connected to 4 spark plugs. The induction coil is
grounded on the high tension circuit and plugs are grounded by mounting them in the
engine metal. As the spark or current is conducted from the high tension lead of the
coil to the centre of the distributor and then from any four points of the distributor to
the plug electrodes, the spark will jump over the air gap at the plug points and return
through the ground to the coil.
It takes some time after the occurance of the spark for the fuel-air mixture to ignite
and release heat, so that arrangements must be made for spark to occur before the top
dead corrtre. Such an operation is called advancing the spark. In variable speed engines,
the angle turned through by the crank ignition delay period varies with the engine speed,
and it is, therefore, necessary to have* a device to increase the angle of advance as
the speed increases. This is usually carried out automatically by a small centrifugal
governor which "alters the angular position of the cam operating the contact breaker.
In magneto ignition system, the magneto may consist of magnets rotating in fixed
coils or coils rotating in fixed magnets. In this system, no battery is required.
6.11.2 Com pression ignition : The original Diesel engines were heavy and of slow
speed. The modern high speed and light Diesel engines differ in design so materially
from the original Diesel engines that the term compression-ignition engine is employed to
distinguish the modern Diesel units from the old types.
Internal Combustion Engines 141
The compression-ignition (C.l.) engine does not rely upon a spark from an external
source for ignition but utilises the high temperature produced at the end of the compression
stroke to produce ignition of the
fuel. The C.l. engine is fed with
Products of
combustion air alone during the suction
from burner stroke. Consequently absence of
fuel during compression, enables
“s N Water Jocket to obtain much higher compres-
sion ratio ranging from 12 to 20.
Porcelain The higher compression of the
ignition tube air results in higher temperature
Adjustable X Cylinder at the end of the compression,
burner tube which is sufficient to ignite the
vEx plosive fuel. The fuel is injected in the
Products of :.**jr»ixtur*
combustion from form of a fine spray into the hot
previous explosion air which is compressed to a
pressure much more higher than
Gas supply that in petrol or gas engine.
The C.l. engines are cold
starting engines but much trouble
is experienced in starting them
Fig. 6-8. Hot tube ignition.
in cold weather. To overcome
this, some engines are provided with hot tube in the cylinder head, which can be heated
to warm the combustion chamber of the cylinder, while some engines are fitted with
electric heated plugs for starting purposes. The heating is not necessary once the engine
starts and obtainsgeneralrunning temperature conditions.
6.11.3 Hottube ig n itio n : In this form of ignition, a porcelain tube is provided in
the combustion chamber of the
engine cylinder as shown in fig.
6-8. Before staring the engine.the
tube is heated to a red hot by
uot by. D a burner or blow lamp. The re-
quired temperature for the igni-
tion of the charge is attained
partly by the heat of the hot
Spray tube. Once the engine is started,
nozzle tub© Wj|| be kept hot by the
combustion of the fuel in the
cylinder. The burner or blow
lamp, therefore, is not required
after starting the engine. The
electric spark ignition was used
F*g6 -9 • Hot bult> ignition. on earliest gas engines which
was then replaced by the hot tube.The hot tube ignition is used in gas and light oil
engines.
6.11.4 Hot bulb ignition : In this system a chamber of bulb shape is attached to
the cylinder head as shown in fig. 6-9. This chamber is unjacketed and is heated by a
blow lamp before staring the engine. The fuel is injected into the hot combustion chamber
at the end of the compression stroke and ignition takes place partly due to heat of the
compressed charge of air and partly due to heat of the hot bulb.
142 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. It
The blow lamp is removed after the engine takes up its speed. The ignition then
goes on due to the combined effect of compression heat and the heat retained by the
combustion chamber from the previous cycle. This method of ignition is used in semi-Diesel
engines, where heavy oils can be successful dealt with. The system is also known as
surface ignition or hot combustion chamber ignition.
6.11.5 Ignition lag o r Delay period : It is the time taken to heat the fuel particles,
turn them into vapour, and start combustion after the ignition is begun or initiated. This
means there is a time lag between the first ignition of the fuel and the beginning of the
actual combustion process which also means that there is a tim e interval in the process
of chemical reaction which prepares the molecules of the fuel to ignite.
This time interval is found to occur with all fuels. The length of the delay period
depends upon various factors, such as pressure, temperature, rate of fuel injection and
the nature of the fuel. The delay period may spread over about 10 degrees movement
of the crank in case of compression-ignition engines.
6.12 Methods o f C ooling I.C. Engine C ylinders
Very high temperature is developed in the cylinder of an I.C. engine as a result of the combustion
taking place inside the cylinder. It is, therefore, necessary to carry away some of the heat from
the cylinder to avoid injury to the metal of the cylinder and piston. If the cylinder is not cooled,
the seizure (jamming) of piston in the cylinder would occur as a result the piston and its rings
becoming too hot; also it would not be possible to lubricate the piston since the heat would burn
any lubricant that may be used. The walls of the cylinder must be cooled so that the charge
may be compressed without danger of pre-ignition and the temperature must be maintained
within fairly close limits to achieve the desired compression ratio and therefore, maximum power.
Too much cooling, on the other hand will reduce the thermal efficiency of the engine and cause
waste of fuel due to improper vaporization of the fuel. Heat equivalent of about 80 per cent of
the brake power developed has to be extracted away through the cylinder walls. The object of
cooling is achieved by the use of any of the methods, namely direct or air cooling, and indirect
or water cooling.
6.12.1 A ir cooling : This is the simplest method in which the heat is taken away
by the air flowing over and around the cylinder. In this method, cooling fins are cast on
the cylinder head and cylinder barrel with the object of providing additional conductive
and radiating surface as illustrated in fig 6-10. The cooling fins or circumferential flanges
are arranged so that they are perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder. The current of
air for cooling the fins may be obtained
either from a fan driven by the engine or
by movement of the engine itself, as in the
Admission case of motor cycle engines, automobile
engines, or aero-plane engines.
6.12.2 Water cooling : In this method,
the advantage of superior conductive and
convective properties of water is taken. The
cylinder is provided with an annular space
called water jacket ( fig. 6-11) through which
water is circulated continuously. The water
jacket should cover the entire length of the
piston stroke to avoid unequal expansion in
Cooling fins the cylinder bore and burning of lubrication
oil. The water space should be wide in large
cylinders, and cleaning doors should be
Fig. 6-10. Section of an air-cooled cylinder
Fig. 6-11. Section of a water cooled cylinder. Fig. 6-12.. Gravity or thermo-siphon system of circulation
provided for cleaning water jacket. The life of the cylinder can be increased if the cleaning
is done at the intervals of four to eight weeks.
There are two methods of obtaining the circulation of water in use, namely gravity
circulation and forced circulation. Gravity circulation, also called thermo-siphon circulation,
is based on the fact that when water is heated its density decreases and it tends to
rise, the colder particles sinking in the place of rising ones. Circulation is obtained if the
water is heated at one point and cooled at another.
Fig. 6-12 shows the gravity circulation system for a small horizontal engine. Water is
heated in cylinder jacket j and flows to the tank t where it is cooled by radiation, gradually
descending to the bottom, and flows back to the engine.
Fig. 6-13 shows the gravity circulation (thermo-siphon circulation) as applied to an
automobile engine. To obtain
proper water circulation, the con-
nection between the engine
cylinder jacket and the radiator
should have very small resis-
tance to the water flow and be
wide, short and have as few
bends as possible. When the
temperature difference is small,
the circulation of water is slow,
as at light loads. At heavy loads,
water in jackets may boil. This
system is used only in small
engines where simplicity is of
great importance.
The circulation of water in
the thermo-siphon system is
slow. It, is, therefore, necessary
Fig. 6-13. Gravity or thermo-siphon circulation system of automobile engine.tO USe a pump to maintain cir-
culation. of cooling water in large and medium size engines. The pufnp should be of the
centrifugal type, as it allows the free passing of water through it, if it stops working for
any reason.
144 Elements of Heal Engines Vol. II
The advantage of forced circulation is the ease of controlling the jacket temperature
by regulating the opening of the valve between pump and the engine. Fig. 6-14 shows
a pump circulation system in an automobile engine with a centrifugal pump and automatic
temperature control by a by-pass with valve operated by a thermostat element.
Water cooling is more effective that air cooling, for the heat conducted away from a
surface surrounded by water is about one hundred times more than that conducted away
from a similar surface surrounded by air. But the rate of heat flow depends entirely on
the motion of air and water. The temperature of water leaving the jacket should be about
65°C for best economy. Too low a temperature leads to loss of efficiency and too high
a temperature interferes with the lubrication of the cylinder.
In large Diesel and gas engines, it is usual to cool thepistons andexhaust valves
with water to prevent pre-ignition. For this purpose special pipes are provided to circulate
the water through the hollow pistons and exhaust valves.
6.13 Merits and demerits of the Cooling Systems
The advantages o f air cooling system are :
(i) Simplicity and lightness of the system,
(ii) Radiator is not required,
(iii) No danger from freezing of water in cold climate,
(iv) Reduction in warming up period,
(v) Unit cylinder construction is used in case of multi-cylinder air-cooled engines
(i.e., separate cylinder block is used for each cylinder). Hence, in multi-cylinder
air-cooled engine, only damaged cylinder can be replaced while in multi-cylinder
water cooled engine, whole cylinder block has to be replaced,
(vi) Less influenced by damage. A small hole in radiator or tubing means break
down of working of water-cooled engine while the loss of several fins of air-cooled
engine, practically can continue its operation. This is very important when used
for military purpose, and
(vii) Easy maintenance.
Internal Combustion Engines 145
The disadvantages o f air cooling system are :
(i) Air cooling being not so effective as water cooling, the resulting higher working
temperature of the cylinder limits the compression ratio to a lower value than
with water cooling.
(ii) The fan, if used for air circulation, absorbs about 5 per cent of the engine
power.
(iii) The different portions of the cylinder are not unitormally cooled; the front portion
being cooled more than the rear (back) portion. This results in some degree
of distortion (twisting out) of shape.
(iv) The lubricating oil of air-cooled engine runs hotter and so an oil cooler may
be required.
(v) The air-cooled engine is more prone (inclined) to distortion and so running
clearances have to be increased which gives rise to noisier running. In addition,
the fins are liable to resonate (give noise) while water cooling (requiring a
jacket) helps to damp out the noise. Thus, the air-cooled engine is nosier than
the water cooled engine.
The advantages o f water cooling system are :
(i) Cooling is more efficient and thus higher compression ratio is permitted.
(ii) Uniform cooling is attained.
The disadvantages o f water cooling system are :
(i) With thermo-siphon system, large quantity of cooling water is required owning
to slow rate of circulation.
(ii) Necessary radiator installation and its maintenance is required.
(iii) Water freezing causes trouble in very cold weather.
(iv) Water circulating pump consumes power.
6.14 M ethods of Governing I.C. Engines
The purpose of governor is to keep the engine running at a desired speed regardless
of the changes in the load carried by the engine. If the load on the engine decreases,
the speed of the engine will begin to increase, if the fuel supply is not decreased. As
the speed of the engine increases, the centrifugal force on the rotating weights of the
governor also increases and moves the control sleeve, together with the fuel regulating
mechanism, in the direction of less fuel supply thereby the speed is brought to the rated
value. If on the other hand, the load on the engine increases, the engine will begin to
slow down because the fuel supply is not sufficient for the increased load. As the speed
of the engine decreases, the centrifugal force on the rotating weights on the governor
will also decrease and will move the control sleeve, together with the fuel regulating
mechanism, in the direction of more fuel supply.
The methods of governing I.C. engines are :
(i) Completely cutting-off the fuel ^supply for one or more cycles - This is called
hit and miss method.
(ii) Varying the supply of fuel to the cylinder per cycle - This is called quality
method because the ratio of fuel to air or quality of mixture is altered.
(iii) Varying the supply of air as well as the supply of fuel, the ratio of air to fuel
is kept approximately constant so that quality of mixture remains approximately
constant but quantity of fuel-air mixture supplied to the cylinder in each cycle
is varied - This is called quantity method.
146 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
(iv) Combination of the quality and quantity methods - This is called combination
method.
6.14.1 H it and m iss m ethod o f governing : The system as the name implies consists
in omitting an explosion occasionally when the speed rises above the mean speed. The
lesser the load on the engine, the greater is the number of explosions omitted. The usual
method of missing an explosion is to omit the opening of the gas valve in the case of
gas engines, and putting the plunger of the fuel oil pump out of action in case of oil
engines, so that no fuel is admitted and the engine performs an idle stroke.
With hit and miss method of governing, there is a working stroke for every cycle
under condition of maximum load. At lighter loads, when the speed increases, the governor
mechanism acts to prevent admission of the charge of fuel occasionally and there is no
explosion, causing the engine to miss. This loss of power decreases the speed of the
engine; the governor mechanism opens the inlet valve, an explosion or hit occurs and
the engine receives the power stroke. With this method of governing, the engine operates
either under condition of maximum efficiency or does not fire at all. Hit and miss governing
gives better economy at light loads than other methods. The great disadvantage of this
method is the absence of turning effort on the crankshaft during the idle cycle, necessitating
a very heavy flywheel to avoid considerable variation of speed. This method may be
used for engines which do not require close speed regulation and with small size engines
of less than 40 brake power.
Fig. 6-15 shows the principle of hit and miss governing as applied to gas engines.
The cam C on the cam shaft lifts the end A of the lever ABD once in two revolutions,
and the knife edge J opens the gas valve unless the speed is above normal.
When the speed exceeds the normal, the governor weights fly further outwards and
lift the end F of the lever FGH which moves the knife edge J to the right thus causing
it to miss the opening of the gas valve. As applied to oil engines the mechanism is
same, but it is the plunger of the fuel pump, instead of gas valve, which is put out of
action.
Cylinder body
Fig. 6-15. Hit and miss governing as applied to gas engines. Fig. 6-16. Hit and miss as applied
to oil engines.
Fig. 6-16 shows the principle of hit and miss governing as applied to oil engines.
Internal Combustion Engines 147
The cam on the cam shaft operates the end A of the lever ABE once in two revolutions
and the pecker piece P strikes the distance piece D hung against the outer end of the
fuel pump plunger. When the speed of the governor exceeds a certain limit, due to
reduction in load, the governor raises the distance piece D so that the pecker piece P
misses it. In this way the fuel pump is put out of action until the speed is reduced
sufficiently and D drops back in position.
6.14.2 Quality method of governing : As applied to gas engines, the quality governing
is effected by reducing the quantity of gas supply to the engine. This is done by varying
the lift of the gas valve. Another simple method is to have a throttle valve operated by
the governor in the gas passage leading to the admission valve of the gas engine.
As applied to oil engines, the quality governing is effected by varying the amount of
fuel oil entering the engine cylinder per cycle. This is done by :
(i) Altering the stroke of the fuel pump plunger under the action of the governor and
so varying the oil supply to suit the load on the engine.
(ii) Having a control valve on the delivery side of
the fuel pump which opens under the control of the
governor after a part of delivery stroke has been
performed. Here, oil is delivered during the first part
of the delivery stroke and returned to the suction side
during the remainder part of the delivery stroke.
(iii) Keeping the suction valve of the fuel pump
held open by levers under the control of the governor,
during the first part of the delivery stroke. Hence the
oil is returned to the fuel pump during the first part
of the delivery stroke and delivered to the injection
nozzle during the remainder part of the delivery stroke.
At light loads this suction valve may be kept open for
almost the whole delivery stroke. This is the general
practice in Diesel engines. This method is generally
known as spill method, since the oil is “spilled” (fall)
back to the fuel pump from oil sump (tank). The general
principle of the simple spill valve will be understood
by reference to fig. 6-17.
Oil pipe -•tU
from supply A is a rotating shaft which drives the pump plunger
tanl< P. EG represents a lever which may oscillate about
tt1 i’k . ... . either E or G. F is a rpoint between
Fig. 6-17. Quality governing by spill method . .. (
E and G,’ to which
as applied to oil engines. is connected a light spindle with lever L. The end of
the lever L is under the stem of the suction valve S.
The shaft H is under the control of the governor. It will be evident that as F moves up
under the control of governor, the suction valve will seat (close) late, with the result that
less of the fuel pump stroke will be effective and a less amount of oil will reach the
spray nozzle. The fuel pump plunger stroke is generally much longer than is necessary
to deliver the full amount of oil needed at full engine load.
(iv) By altering the angular position of the helical groove of the fuel pump plunger
relative to the suction port and thereby varying the effective stroke (part of the stroke
for which oil is delivered) of the plunger. This is a general practice in modem solid
injection, compression-ignition, high speed engines.
The principle ofgoverning will be understood with reference to fig. 6-19(a). Fuel oil
flows to thefuel pump undergravity when the fuel pump plunger P uncovers the suction
148 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
ports B and C on the downward stroke. The space above the plunger is filled with oil
at the beginning of the upward stroke. During the first part of the upward or delivery
stroke, a small quantity of oil is forced back into the suction space, until the plunger
closes both the suction port holes B and C. From then on, the fuel is put under pressure
and pump plunger begins to force it through the delivery valve and fuel line into the
atomiser (Fig. 6-18a).
Feeling pin
Protecting cap
Adjusting
screw
Spring cap nut
Spring
Spindle
In the two views (starting position) at the left [ fig. 6-18(b) ], the plunger is shown
in the position for maximum delivery, in which the edge of the helical groove does not
: ■— Plunger cylinder
Governor lever
Fig. 6-21. Quantity governing as applied to gas engines by varying the lift of the admission valve.
Internal Combustion Engines 151
distance, but the distance moved by the other end of the valve lever, which opens the
admission and gas valve, depends upon the position of the movable fulcrum. The fulcrum
is not fixed but is moved by the governor through governor levers to a position suitable
for the load on the engine. Thus, the lift (opening) of the admission valve, suitable for
the load, is regulated by changing the position of the movable fulcrum.
th e efficiency of internal combustion engine chiefly depends upon having a high
compression pressure. The mixture drawn into the cylinder in this system of governing
(quantity governing) is less than the full charge and the pressure at the end of compression
is reduced and the efficiency is, therefore, slightly less. An advantage of this system is
that the mixture being of constant composition, there is little trouble in igniting the mixture
even with no load. The combustion of the mixture is less rapid at low compression and,
therefore, the ignition should be a little earlier at light loads. In some engines, the governor
advances the spark as well reduces the quantity of mixture at light loads. Advancing the
spark means the ignition takes place when the crank is on the top dead centre. If the
spark is advanced too far, complete ignition may take place before the crank reaches
the top dead centre and cause a back explosion.
6.14.4 Com bination method o f governing : The governing of an engine may be
obtained by combining two or more of the above methods. For instance, quality or quantity
governing at high loads has been successfully combined with hit and miss governing at
low loads. Also quality governing at high loads is used with quantity governing at low
loads. The latter system is economical and gives close governing.
6.15 Highest Useful Com pression Ratio
Compression ratio is the ratio of the volume of the cylinder at the beginning of the
compression stroke to the volume at the end of the compression stroke, or
Compression ratio r - V°*ume swePt by the piston + Clearance volume
\ Clearance volume
From thermodynamic considerations, it has been found that the ideal thermal efficiency
(air-standard efficiency) of an engine running on any cycle improves as the compression
ratio is increased. Fig. 6-22 is a graph showing variation of air-standard efficiency of an
engine working on the Otto cycle with compression ratio. It is also found that the mean
effective pressure on the engine piston increases with the increase in compression ratio.
A higher compression ratio also causes an acceleration in the rate of combustion. The
higher compression ratio can be Obtained
by reducing the clearance space, that is,
the combustion space. The smaller the
volume of the combustion space the less
amount of exhaust gases it will retain, which
will result in less dilution of the fresh mixture.
This means more un'form burning of the
charge, and more power produced. Higher
compression ratio produces higher tempera-
ture and pressure, which increases the rate
of combustion. Hence, higher speed is pos-
sible and weaker mixtures can also be
burnt.
6.15.1 Lim iting com pression ratio :
Com pression ratio From the above considerations it would
Fig. 6-22. Graph showing variation of air-standard efficiency appear that a higher Compression ratio is
with compression ratio for Otto cycle engines. available. However, a limit has to be set
152 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
to the higher compression ratio for engines in whose cylinder, mixture of air and fuel gas
or fuel vapour is compressed together. If the compression pressure is too high, in such
a case the resulting temperature during compression stroke is also high enough to ignite
the charge before the end of the compression stroke.
In a petrol engine, mixture of petrol vapour and air is compressed. Higher compres-
sion ratio in a petrol engine will therefore, cause pre-ignition of the charge resulting irr the
loss of power and possible mechanical damage to the engine. Such a consequence has
to be avoided by limiting the compression ratio according to the nature of fuel used. The
safe compression ratio can be higher with the lower percentage of hydrogen in the fuel.
The safe compression ratio for Otto cycle engine can be somewhat raised, by
spraying a small quantity of water directly into the cylinder during the suction stroke or
into the vapouriser resulting in lower compression temperature.
As far as pre-ignition is concerned, there can be no limit to the compression ratio in
Diesel engines, where air alone is compressed. But even with this kind of engine, too
high value of compression ratio will require very small clearance space. Thus, the value
of limiting compression ratio in Diesel engines will depend upon minimum mechanical
clearance necessary between piston and cylinder head for safety consideration.
6.15.2 P re-ignition : In an engine running on Otto cycle, the combustion during the
normal working is initiated by an electric spark. The spark is timed to occur at a definite
point just before the end of the compression stroke. The ignition of the charge should not
occur before this spark is introduced in the cylinder. If the ignition starts, due to any
other reason, when the piston is still doing its compression stroke, it is known as pre-
ignition. Pre-ignition will develop excessive pressure before the end of compression
stroke, tending to push the piston in the direction opposite to which it is moving. This will
result in loss of power and violent thumping and may stop the engine or do mechanical
damage to the engine. The pre-ignition may occur on account of higher compression
ratio, over-heated sparking plug points, or incandescent (glowing with heat) carbon
deposited on the surface to the cylinder or spark plugs. It may also be due to faulty
timing of the spark production.
6.15.3 Detonation : Detonation, pinking or knocking is the name given to violent
waves produced within the cylinder of a.spark ignition engine. The noise produced is like
that produced by a sharp ringing blow upon the metal of the cylinder.
The region in which the detonation occurs is far away from the spark plug, and is
known as the detonation zone. After the spark is produced, there is a rise of temperature
and pressure due to the combustion of the ignited fuel. This rise of temperature and
pressure both combine to increase the velocity of flame, compressing the unburnt portion
of the charge of the detonation zone. Finally, the temperature in the detonation zone
reaches such a high value that chemical reaction occurs at a far greater rate than the
advancing flame. Before the flame completes its course across the combustion chamber,
the whole mass of remaining unburnt charge ignites instantaneously without external
assistance (auto-ignition). This spontaneous ignition of a portion of the charge, sets
rapidly moving high pressure waves that hit cylinder walls with such violence that the
cylinder wall gives out a loud pulsating noise, called knocking or pinking. It is this noise,
that expresses or indicates detonation.
If the detonation wave is violent, it may even break the piston. Its other effect is to
overheat the spark plug points so as to prepare way for pre-ignition. Detonation'arid pre-
ignition are two distinct phenomena. Pre-ignition occurs before the spark takes place
while detonation occurs just after the spark.
6.15.4 Volum etric efficiency : The power developed by an I.C. engine depends on
Internal Combustion Engines 153
the mass of mixture of fuel and air or air only which is present in the cylinder at the
end of suction stroke. The mass of mixture of air present depends upon the breathing
efficiency of the engine. The breathing (inhaling) efficiency is measured by the volumetric
efficiency of the engine.
The volumetric efficiency of an I.C. engine is the ratio of the charge taken in (inhaled)
during the suction stroke at normal temperature and pressure to the volume swept by
the piston, or
w . _»• • Volume of fresh charge aspirated per stroke at N.T.P.
Volumetric efficiency = ----------------- — ------ a— J '. — r .---------------------
Volume swept by the piston
In case of petrol and oil engines, the charge aspirated or taken in per stroke should
be replaced by air aspirated per stroke.
In case of gas engines, the charge aspirated per stroke should be replaced by mixture
of gas and air aspirated per stroke.
This ratio enables comparison of the respiratory performance of an actual engine with
the ideal engine. An ideal engine is assumed to aspirate and fill completely the swept
volume with the charge at normal temperature and pressure. The difference between the
actual charge drawn into the cylinder per stroke and the swept volume is due to the
reasons stated below :
(i) The suction pressure is less than the atmospheric pressure because of the
resistance of the inlet valves and passages. Therefore, the mass of charge
drawn in is less than that if atmospheric pressure were maintained.
(ii) The internal passages and surfaces of the engine being hot, the charge is
heated as it enters the cylinder. The increase in temperature of the charge,
reduces mass of charge that enters the cylinder.
(iii) Any gases left in the clearance space of the engine cylinder at the end of the
exhaust stroke, are at a pressure above atmospheric and they will expand
during the suction stroke to the intake pressure before the new charge begins
to enter. The volume of fresh charge taken in during the suction stroke is,
therefore, reduced.
(iv) The mass of the charge drawn in at high altitudes is decreased below that
which would be drawn in at sea level, as the pressure of the atmosphere
decreases with altitude and consequently the density of the atmospheric air
decreases.
The volumetric efficiency on an I.C. engine also decreases with the increase in engine
speed. The faster the engine runs, the greater will be throttling of the incoming charge
through valves and passages, and lower will be the volumetric efficiency.
The volumetric efficiency of I.C. engine under normal conditions should be of the
order of 70 to 80 per cent.
6.15.5 Supercharging : In an ordinary engine, air-fuel mixture or air only is admitted
to the cylinder at atmospheric pressure and is known as a naturally aspirated or normally
aspirated engine. Supercharging is the forcing of the mixture of fuel and air or air only
to the cylinder during the suction stroke under pressure with the air pump or compressor,
called supercharger, in order to increase the mass or density of the mixture or air admitted
to the cylinder. When supercharging is used, the engine is known as supercharged engine.
In a petrol engine, the supercharger is generally so fitted that it draws air from
atmosphere through the carburettor, compresses the resulting mixture (petrol and air), and
then delivers it to the cylinder through the induction system (inlet pipe).
154 ElementsofHeat Engines Vol. II
Both the spark ignition (S.l.) and compression ignition (C.l.) engines may be supercharged.
The amount of supercharging that can be used with S.l. engine is limited by the detonation
of the fuel. In the C.l. engine, on the other hand, supercharging is provided to prevent
knocking and is limited by the thermal and mechanical stresses and size and power of
the supercharger.
The object of supercharging is to increase the power output of an engine, it is,
therefore called boosting. Supercharging is employed in the following cases for :
(i) maintaining the power output of an engine working at high altitudes, such as
in aero-engines. At high altitude less oxygen is available for combustion of fuel.
(ii) reducing the bulk of the engine to fit into a limited space, such as in marine
engines (ships).
(iii) reducing the mass of the engine per indicated power developed, such as in
aero-engines (aeroplanes).
(iv) increasing the existing power of an engir.e when the necessity of increasing its
power arises.
(v) counteracting the drop in volumetric efficiency which may be due to high altitude,
as in the case of aero-engines, or due to high speed as in the case of racing
car engines.
(vi) having better air turbulence (bringing air and fuel in contact quickly), and hence
more complete combustion, which results in greater power, reduced specific fuel
consumption, and smooth running of the engine.
Superchargers : The increased air pressure (supercharging) is obtained by using a
compressor which is known as a supercharger.
The compressor may be a reciprocating compressor, a positive displacement rotary
compressor (roots blower, vane type blower, etc.) or a non-positive displacement rotary
compressor (centrifugal compressor). In practice, generally reciprocating compressor is not
preferred, but roots blower, vane type blower or centrifugal compressor is preferred. The
supercharger may be driven by the engine through a gear train, belt or chain driven, or
direct coupling to the shaft of the engine. This absorbs power from the engine. In such
a case, the engine is known as mechanically supercharged engine. The supercharger
(centrifugal compressor) may also be driven by an exhaust gas turbine. The set of
supercharger (compressor and exhaust gas turbine) is known as turbocharger and the
engine is known as turbocharged engine. Advantage of turbocharged engine is that
supercharger does not absorb power from the engine itself but some energy of exhaust
gases (which is, otherwise, going to be wasted) is converted into mechanical energy in
the exhaust gas turbine and is used to drive the supercharger (compressor).
6.16 Thermal Efficiency of I.C. Engines
No engine can convert all the heat energy supplied by fuel to it into work. The
fraction which is converted, is thermal efficiency of the engine. The basis upon which the
efficiency is calculated may be indicated power or brake power.
Indicated thermal efficiency : This efficiency is designated by ^ i and is defined as
the ratio,
Heat equivalent of power produced in the cylinders (indicated power) per unit time
T1/ = ’ Heat supplied to the engine in unit time
The unit of heat and unit of time must be same for the heat equivalent ofpower
produced and heat supplied to the engine. This is very important.
Internal Combustion Engines 155
Indicated power x 3 ,600 ..(6.1)
" mt x C.V.
where, mt = mass of fuel oil supplied in kg per hour,
= fuel consumption in litres per hour x specific gravity of fuel, and
C.V. = calorific value of fuel oil in kJ/kg.
In case of gas engine,
. . . . . . . . „. . Indicated power x 3,600 ...(6.2)
Indicated thermal efficiency, m = ---------r r ^ — t t t .— —
Vg X C.V.
where, Vg = volume of gas supplied in m3 per hour, and
C.V. = calorific value of gas in kJ/m3,
. Brake thermal efficiency : This efficiency is designated by r\b and isdefined as the
ratio,
Heat equivalent of brake power per unit time
* Heat supplied to the engine in unit time
Brake power x 3,600 ...(6.3)
mf x C.V.
where, mt = mass of fuel oil supplied in kg per hour, and
C.V. = calorific value of fuel oil in kJ/kg.
Brake thermal efficiency is also termed as overall efficiency.
Relative efficiency : This efficiency is designated by % and is defined as the ratio,
r ] i __________ Indicated thermal efficiency________ ...(6.4)
Tjideai " Air-standard efficiency or ideal thermal efficiency
and shows how close the actual engine comes to the theoretically possible performance.
Relative efficiency (tv) of an engine operation on the constant volume cycle
Indicated thermal efficiency
i — l - -
m *-1 .
Relative efficiency on the basis o f brake thermal efficiency (iv) is defined as the ratio,
rib _ j _________ Brake thermal efficiency__________ . ...(6.5)
rjideal * Air-standard efficiency or ideal thermal efficiency
Problem - 1 : A four-stroke cycle, four-cylinder, petrol engine has 6-25 cm cylinder
diameter and 9-5 cm stroke.
On test it develops a torque o f 640 N.m when running at 50 r. p. s.. If the clearance
volume in each cylinder is 63 5 cm3, the brake thermal efficiency ratio based on the
air-standard cycle is 0-5 and calorific value o f petrol is 44,800 kJ/kg,determine thepetrol
consumption in litres per hour and the brake mean effective pressure. Take y = 14 for
air aqd specific gravity of petrol as 0-73.
Clearance volume, Vc = 63-5 cm3 (given);
(where b.m.e.p. = brake mean effective pressure inkPa, andbrake power per cylinde
in kW.
20-106 L n(6-25\2 9-5 50
' —4~ * b m e p- * 4 (l0 0 J X 100 X T
b.m.e.p. = ------------ 20-106 x4_x_2 = 68gg kRa
4 x j i x (0-0625) x 0-095 x 50
Problem — 2 : A gas; engine, working on the four-stroke cycle, uses 15 m o f gas
per hour at a temperature of 28 °C and at a pressure o f 100 mm of water above the
atmospheric pressure of 720 mm Hg. The gas has calorific value of 19,000 kJ/rr? measured
at 760 mm Hg and temperature of 0°C (N.T.P). The indicated power is 176 kW and the
compression ratio is 6 5 to I.Find :
(i) the indicated thermal efficiency, (ii) the ideal thermal efficiency ( y = 1-4J, and
(iii) the relative efficiency of the engine
0) p 7 = 720 + = 727-35 mm Hg; V1 = 15 m3 per hour;
7i * 28 + 273 = 301 K;
p2 = 760 mm Hg; T2 = 0 + 273 = 273 K;
Gas consumption (V2) per hour at N.T.P. (at 760 mm Hg and 0°C) is to be determined.
Pi Pz V2
Now, _ - = -^=—
11 i2
Internal Combustion Engines 157
Pi T2 Hr. 727-35 273
V2 . V, * - x - jr - 15 X x ^ - 13-02 m /hr.
3. jt / 30 \2 50 100
- (780 x 10 ) x - x j x — x ^
Vs + Vc 35,350 + 6,750
r - m 6 237
vc 6,750
1 1
(1) Air standard efficiency - 1 - 1 1 - 0-52 or 52%
-
(6-237)'0-4
- 1 208
(0Y
/_x Indicated thermal efficiency 0-2688 „
(g) Relative efficiency - — —— -— - - .--------L - - 0-517 or 51.7%
1 Air-standard efficiency 0-52
(h) Brake mean effective pressure ( b.m.e.p. )
= Indicated mean effective x Mechanical
efficiency
= 780 x 0-7929 = 618.45 kPa
Problem - 4 : A Diesel engine has a
compression ratio o f 14 : 1 and the fuel is
cut-off at 0 08 o f the stroke. If the relative
efficiency is 052, estimate the consumption
o f fuel in litre o f calorific value 44,000 kJ/kg
which would be required per kW-hour based
on indicated power. Take the specific gravity
o f fuel as 0 82 and *y = 14 for air.
Referring to fig. 6-23,
V3 - V2 = 0 08 ( V1 - V2 )
= 0 08 ( 14 V2 - V2 ) = 1-04 v2
V3 ■ 2 04 vz
1 (2-04)1’4 - 1
A.S.E. 1 - 0-408 - 0-592 or 59-2%
(14)1 "4 " 1 14(2-4 - 1 )
Indicated thermal efficiency = Air-standard efficiency x Relative efficiency
~V . 0-592 x 0-52 - 0-307 or 30-7%
Heat equivalent of indicated power in kJ/sec.
Indicated thermal efficiency
Mf
x C.V.in kJ/sec.
3,600
1
i.e., 0-307 - (Taking indicated power as 1 Kw)
Mf
x C.V.
3,600
1 x 3,600 0-2665 kg per kW-hr.
Mf
0-307 x 44,000
Internal Combustion Engines 159
Fuel consumption in litre per kW-hr based on indicated power
0*2665 _ ___ ... „ . . . .
* o»o = 0*325 litre/kW -hr.
0*82
Problem - 5 : A single-acting, four - stroke Diesel engine develops 37 kW at 210
r.p.m. The mean effective pressure is 740 kPa, compression ratio is 15, fuel is cut-off
at 5% o f stroke, calorific value o f fuel is 43,000 kJ/kg, relative efficiency is 55%. Calculate:
(a) the cylinder diameter, if stroke to bore ratio is 15, (b) the indicated thermal efficiency,
and (c) the fuel consumption in litres/hr. Take y = 14 for air and specific gravity o f fuel
as 0-82.
(a) Indicated power = pm x a x I x N kW (where pm is in kPa)
/ H ‘2 1*5 d 210
i.e. 37 - 740 x 0*7854 x x —— x
JOOj 100 60 X 2
.-. d3 = 24,253*8
Cylinder diameter, d = ^24,253-8 = 28*95 cm
\A
(b) Referring to fig. 6-23, compression ratio, r - — - 1 5 .*. v\ - 15v^
vz
Now, stroke volume, vs = vi - V2 = 15 V2 - v2 = 14 v2
' 5
va = 5% of stroke volume + clearance volume = f - ^ r x 14 + vz - 1*7 vz
100
Cut-off ratio, p = — = 1 7 ^ = 1-7
Vz V2
(P )Y - 1
Using eqn. (5.12), Air-standard efficiency = 1 - 1
(/)Y_1
1*4
1 1 (1*7) - 1
1 - ------ — x —— ------------
(15)°4 * 1 -4 (1 7 "- 1)
= 1 - 0*3895 = 0*6105 or 61*05%
.. . AS _ . .. . Indicated thermal efficiency
Using eqn. (6.4), Relative efficiency, rir = — ^ ^ —— .--------L
J ' Air-standard efficiency
. Q55 indicated thermal efficiency
’ “ 0-6105
Indicated thermal efficiency = 0*55 x 0*6105 = 0*3358 or 33-58%
(c) Indicated thermal efficiency . Heat equivalent of indicated power in kJ/sec.
^ rx C.V. in kJ/sec.
3,600
37 x 3,600
i.e., 0*3358
mi x 43,000
„ 37 x 3,600 floor- i /u
f 0*3358 x 43,000 - ^
- 9-225
/. Fuel consumption = - - - n- = 11*25 litres/hour
Air-standard efficiency = 1 - (P )Y - 1
(4 1 Y ( p - 1)
= 1 -
1 (1-864)1 4 - 1
(13- 8) 1 - 4 - 1 1-4(1- 864 - 1 )
1
* 1 - 2 i6 * i f ! 0-8M * °'598 0r59'8%
... It} . . . Brake thermal efficiency
Using eqn. (6.5), Relative efficiency on brake = - r -.— -— -—- - ■ . L
Air-standard efficiency
n Br ake thermal efficiency
I e- = 0-598
.-. Brake thermal efficiency, = 0-55 x 0-598 = 0-33 or 33%
_ . - , „. . Heat equivalent of brake power in kJ/sec.
Brake thermal efficiency, ri», = ---------3——----------------- c---------------------
Mf
x C.V. in kJ/sec.
3,600
1
i.e., 0-33 = — (Taking brake power as 1 kW}
Mf
x 44,000
3,600
1 x 3,600
= 0-2479 kg/kW-hour based on brake power
0-33 x 44,000
0-2479
.-. Fuel oil consumption = = 0-3061 litre/kW -hour based on brake power
0*81
Problem - 7 : A four-cylinder, four-stroke petrol engine is to be designed to develop
indicated power of 40 kW at 50 r.p.s. The bore and stroke are to be equal, the compression
ratio Is to be 5 and the law of compression
, 4 .pg
P and expansion may be taken as pv =
C. Assuming the suction pressure and
temperature to be 100 kPa and 100°C
respectively, and that on ignition the cyl-
inder pressure rises instantaneously to 3-5
times the compression pressure, calculate
the diameter of cylinder.
Referring to fig. 6-24,
p i = 100 kPa,
P3 = 3-5 p2, and r = 5.
Let clearance volume = V2,
then vi = V4 = 5 V2 and V2 = v j. 1
Considering polytropic comprd^slbH f-2,
d Iv \ n •
^ = [—L| = (rtn = (5)1 28 = 7-847
Pi
Internal Combustion Engines 161
p2 = p1 x 7-847
- 100 X 7-847 * 784-7 kPa.
p3
Now, — - 3-5 (given ) i.e„ p3 - p2 x 3 5
P3
Considering polytropic expansion 3 - 4 , — - ,V^ = ( i)n * ( 5)1'28 - 7-847
Pa
P3 2,746-45 .
P« * 7 W T 8 4 7 - ‘
Work done per cycle = area 1-2-3-4
= area under ( 3 - 4 .) minus area under ( 2 - 1 )
P3 v3 " P4 v4 Pz vz ~ Pi
n - 1 n - 1
2,746-45 x 1 - 350 x 5 784-7 x 1 - 100 x 5
1-28 - 1 1-28 - 1
= 2,542 v2 kJ
IYI ^ p _ Area of the diagram \
Length of the diagram
Work done per cycle in kJ
v1 - v2 in m3
2 ,542vP
- — ----- = 635-5 kPa
2
40
Indicated power per cylinder = — «10 kW
. # . 10 103 X 4 (10)4 X
X 102 X 2 _ 002 ^
103 x 635-5 x 3-14 x 50
Diameter of cylinder, d = ^802-1 = 9-292 cm.
Problem - 8 : A Diesel engine working on four-stroke cycle has a bore of 30 cm
and stroke 40 cm and runs at 5 r.p.s. If the compression ratio is 14 and cut-offtakes
place at 5% o f the stroke, estimate the mean effective pressure o f the cycle and indicated
power o f the engine.
Assume compression index as 14 and expansion index as 13. The pressure at the
beginning o f compression is 100 kPa.
Referring to fig. 6-25, let clearance volume = V2, then v/ = 14 vz - va
s ■( f • «
P2 = Pi x (l)n
= 100 x (14)1'4 - 4,023 kPa
■r P3 - P i - 4,023 kPa
P3 4,023
P4 249-6 kPa
16-12 16-12
Work done per cycle = area 1-2-3-4
= area under ( 2-3 ) + area under ( 3-4 ) minus area under (2-1 )
P3 Ifr - P4 V4 p2 VS " P i VI
P2(V3 - V^) +
n .1 n - 1
4,023 x 1-65 - 249-6 x 14 4,023 x 1 - 100 x 14
V2 4,023(1-65 - 1) +
1-3 - 1 1-4 - 1
= V2 [ 2,615 + 10,478-7 - 6,557-5 ] = 6,536-2 V2 kJ
... u rn Area of the diagram Work per cycle in kJ . _
Using eqn. (5-18) M.E.P. - -— *----- = -f^ — 1— r kPa
Length of the diagram ~~ ^ vi - V2
(where v i - V2 is displacement volume in m )
)
6,536-2 vz
— = 502-78 kPa
13V2
Indicated power Pm x a x I x n kW
x „>2 ~ 5
- 502-78 X ^ (0 -3r x 0-4 X | = 35 54 kW
Y (P - 1)
1 (1-875)1 4 - 1
= 1 -
0-4 1-4(1 -875 - 1)
(15)'
1 2-41 - 1
1 - 0-611 or 61-1%
2-96 1-4 x 0-875
Indicated thermal efficiency = Air-standard efficiency x Relative efficiency
= 0.611 X 0-6 = 0-367 or 36-7%
. . . .. _ . „ . Indicated power x 3,600
ndicated thermal efficiency = ------------- —— ---------- ’■-----
1 mf x C-V-
n _ Indicated power x 3,600
i.e., 0-367 - ^Q43 ^ 0 81^ x qq x 42 000
, t . . 0-367 x (0-43 x 0-81) x 60 x 42,000 ....
Indicated power of engine = *----------—— ^------------------'■-------= 89 23 kW
3,600
89*23
(b) Indicated power per cylinder = —- — = 44-615 kW
Mechanical efficiency = ,
7 Indicated power
Indicated power of engine
- f0-8
t - 18 75 kW
Fig. 6-26.
18-75
Indicated power per cylinder = ——— kW
Indicated power/cylinder = pm x a x / x n
vc * vs
Compression ratio, r = ---------- ( where v is clearance volume )
vc + 12,560
i.e. 13-5 = vc = 1,005 cm
(P - 1) + P y (p - 1)
1-42 ( 1 . 6 4 ) " - 1
= 1 -
0-4
f 1-42 - 1 ) + 1-42 x 1-4(1-64 - 1 )
O 3- 5)
1 2 - 84 - 1
1 = -
2- 832 0-42 + 1-272
= 1 - 0-3842 = 0-6158 or 61 58%
Indicated thermal efficiency = Air standard efficiency x Relative efficiency
= 0-6158 x 0-6 = 0-3695 or 36-95%
Indicated power x 3 ,600
Indicated thermal efficiency =
rrif x C.V.
Indicated power x 3,600
i.e., 0-3695 =
5 x 42,000
. j- * 0-3695 x 5 x 42,600
.-. Indicated power = ----------- _ = 21-56 kW
OjbvJU
Now, indicated power = pm x a x I x n kW
21-56 x 2
Pm ~ = 490 2 kPa.
0-7854 x (0-2r x 0-4 x 7
Tutorial - 6
1. Delete the phrase which is not applicable in the following statements :
(i) A petrol engine works on Otto cycle/Diesel cycle.
(ii) A two-stroke cycle I.C. engine completes its cycle in one revolution/two revolutions of the crank shaft.
(iii) A four-stroke cycle I.C. engine completes its cycle in one revolution/two revolutions of the crank shaft.
(iv) A carburettor is used in petrol/Diesel engine.
(v) During idling the S.l. (spark ignition) engineneeds weak/rich mixture.
166 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
(vi) During starting the S.I. engine needs weak/rich mixture.
(vii) In a Diesel/petrol engine, the charge during suction stroke consists of air only.
(viii) Diesel engine employs quantity/quality method of governing.
(ix) Petrol engine employs quantity/quality method of governing.
(x) Modem Diesel engines employ air injection/solid injection method of fuel injection.
(xi) Air cooling is more/less effective than water cooling.
(xii) In a Diesel engine, the fuel is ignited by spark/heat of compressed air.
(xiii) The volumetric efficiency of an I.C. engine decreases/increases with the increase in engine speed.
[ Delete : (<) Diesel cycle, (ii) two revolutions, (iii) *one
revolution, (iv) Diesel, (v) weak, (vi) weak, (vii) petrol,
(viii) quantity, (ix) quality, (x) air injection, (xi) more, (xii)
spark, (xiii) increases ]
2. Fill in the blanks to complete the following statements :
(i) The efficiency of a two-stroke cycle engine is ________ than lhat of a four-stroke cycle I.C. engine.
(ii) The compression ratio of a Diesel engine is ________ than that of a petrol engine.
(iii) Diesel engine are also known as ________ engines.
(iv) Petrol engines are also known as ________ engines.
(v) The air-fuel ratio for a chemically correct mixture is about ________.
(vi) The process of sweeping out exhaust gases from the combustion chamber of the cylinder is known
as ________ .
(vii) The process of adding certain chemical to the fuel for suppressing detonation is known as ________
and the chemicals added are called ________ .
(viii) For engines of motor cycles, scooters and mopeds, the cooling system employed is ________ .
(ix) Hit and miss method of governing is used for small size ________ engines.
(x) In petrol engine if the ignition starts, due to any reason other than spark, when the piston is still
doing its compression stroke, the ignition is known as ________ .
(xi) ' Octane number refers t o _________ property of Otto engine fuels.
(xii) Cetane number refers to ________ of Diesel fuels and is a measure of the Diesel knocking tendency.
(xiii) Diesel knock is caused by too long a ________ between the initial injection of fuel and the commencement
of burning of the fuel.
(xiv) As compared to petrol engines, Diesel engines are ________ suitable for supercharging.
( (i) less, (ii) more, (iii) compression - ignition, (iv)
spark ignition, (v) 15, (vi) scavenging, (vii) doping,
dopes, (viii) air cooling, (ix) gas and oil, (x) pre-ignition,
(xi) anti-knocking, (xii) ignition quality, (xiii) delay period,
(xiv) more ]
3. Indicate the correct answer by selecting the proper phrase to complete the following statements :
(i) The firing order in a four-cylinder petrol engine is
(a) 1-2-3-4, (b) 1-3-4-2, (c) 1-2-4-3, (d) 1-4-3-2.
(ii) In a Diesel engine the fuel is injected
(a) during the suction stroke,
(b) at the start of compression stroke,
(c) at the end of compression stroke,
(d) some degrees before the end of compression stroke,
(e) at the end of expansion stroke.
(iii) In a petrol engine the pressure at the end of compression is of the order of
(a) 35 to 45 bar (b) 25 to 35 bar, (c) 14 to 25 bar, (d) 7 to 14 bar.
(iv) The firing order of a six-cylinder I.C. engine is
(a) 1-5-3-6-2-4, (b) 6-5-4-1-2-3, (c) 1-2-3-4-5-6, (d) 1-5-2-4-3-6.
(v) Method of governing employed in a compresslon-ignition engine is
(a) hit and miss, (b) quality, (c) quantity, (d) combination of quantity and quality.
(vi) In S.I. (spark ignition) engines the secondary winding of the ignition coil generates a voltage of
(a) 1,000 to 5,000 volts, (b) 5,000 to 9,000 volts, (c) 9,000 to 12,000 volts, (d) 12,000 to 20,000
volts.
Internal Combustion Engines 167
(vii) The maximum temperature in the I.C. engine cylinder is of the order of
(a) 2,000 to 2,500*C, (b) 1,500 to 2,000*C, (c)1,000 to 1,500*C, (d) 500 to 1,000*C.
(viii) The sysjpm of lubrication employed in a crankcase scavenged two-stroke cycle petrol engine is :
(a) splash lubrication, (b) petrol or mist lubrication, (c) pressure lubrication,
(d) combined splash and pressure lubrication.
(ix) Pre-ignition in an Otto cycle engine
(a) increases efficiency, (b) increases power, (c) causes reduced- efficiency and less power,
(d) increases efficiency and power, (e) decreases efficiency and increases power.
(x) A reduction in the ignition delay period
(a) reduces diesel knock, (b) increases diesel knock, (c) results in incomplete combustion,
(d) causes reduced efficiency and loss of power.
(xi) The speed of the cam shaft of a four-stroke cycle I.C. engine running at 4,000 r.p.m. is
(a) 1,000 r.p.m., (b) 2,000 r.p.m., (c) 3,000 r.p.m., (d) 4,000 r.p.m.
(xii) The Morse test gives
(a) brake thermal efficiency of a multi-cylinder I.C. engine,
(b) mechanical efficiency of a multi-cylinder I.C. engine.
(c) B.S.F.C. (brake specific fuel consumption ) of a multi-cylinder I.C. engine,
(d) air-fuel ratio of a multi-cylinder I.C. engine.
(xiii) Compression ratio for a petrol engine, without use of dope is usually
(a) 5, (b) 10, (c) 15, (d) 20.
(xiv) In a petrol engine, maximum efficiency occurs when air-fuel ratio is
(a) chemically correct,
(b) lower than that required for complete combustion,
(c) higher than that required for complete combustion,
(d) none of the above.
(xv) A petrol engine, gives maximum power when air-fuel ratio is
(a) chemically correct,
(b) lower than that required for complete combustion.
(c) higher than that required for complete combustion.
(d) none of the above.
[ (0 b, (ii) d, (iii) d, (iv) a, (v) b, (vi) d, (vii) a, (viii) b,
(ix) c, (x) a, (xi) b, (xii) b, (xiii) a, (xiv) c, (xv) b J.
4. Explain briefly the cycle of operation of (i) a four-stroke cycle petrol engine, and (ii) a four-stroke cycle
Diesel engine. Draw indicator and valve timing diagrams for each case.
5. Sketch a typical valve timing diagram of a four-stroke cycle high-speed Diesel engine.
6 . Describe, with the help of. a net sketch, two-stroke cycle Diesel engine. Sketch the indicator diagram of
such an engine, and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of the two-stroke cycle, compared with the
four-stroke cycle operations.
7. Describe, with a neat sketch, the working of a two-stroke cycle petrol engine, giving probable indicator and
valve timing diagrams.
8 . Describe briefly the principal method adopted for charging and exhausting cylinders of two-stroke cycle
engines.
9. What are the most common methods of governing the speed of small size gas engines ? Illustrate your
answer by means of sketches.
10. (a) Describe briefly, with the help of sketches, the different methods of governing employed in internal
combustion engines.
(b) Describe briefly, with'*a neat sketch, any one type of quality governing as applied to oil engines.
(c) Differentiate clearly between the quality and the quantity governing as applied to I.C. engines.
11. (a) Describe with sketches any one type of fuel pump for a high speed compression-ignition engine,
explaining carefully how the amount of oil is adjusted according to the load.
(b) Sketch and describe a fuel valve working on the solid injection system.
12. Compare from every aspect, solid injection with air injection as a means of supplying the fuel to
compression-ignition engines.
168 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
If one method is superior to the other, why is it not in general use ?
13. Enumerate the essential function of a carburettor. Explain briefly, giving suitable sketches, the working of
any one type of carburettor. Show clearly the cievices incorporated in K for *
(i) smooth running when idling,
(ii) ensuring correct mixture strength at all loads and speeds of the engine, and
(iii) supplying large quantity of rieh mixture during the accelerating period.
14. Describe in detail the ignitjon system used in multi-cylinder petrol engines.
15. (a) Describe briefly the various methods of ignition used in internal combustion engines.
(b) Give a wiring diagram for battery ignition system. Explain briefly the function of a condenser in the
system.
• 16. Write short notes on the following giving neat sketches wherever necessary :
(0 Air cooling versus water cooling for I.C. engines.
(ii) Scavenging of two-stroke cycle I.C. engines.
(iii) Factors affecting volumetric efficiency of I.C. engines.
(iv) Methods of ignition used in a multi-cylinder petrol engines.
(v) Quantity governing applied to gas engine.
(vi) Supercharging of I.C. engines.
(vii) Methods of fuel injection employed in Diesel engines and their relative merits and demerits.
17. Describe briefly with the aid of sketches the following :
(i) Any one method of governing employed in I.C. engines.
(ii) Any one method of fuel injection for compression-ignition engines.
(iii) Cooling system of motor car engines.
(iv) Methods of scavenging employed in two-stroke engines.
(v) Fuel injection pump of Diesel engine.
(vi) Any one system of ignition used in Otto cycle engines.
18. Write short notes on the following : (i) Carburettor; (ii) Methods of cooling I.C.engines; (iii) Methods of
fuel injection in a Diesel engine; (iv) Methods of governing used in I.C. engines; (v) Methods of ignition
used in I.C. engines.
19. Sketch and explain any fuel mixing or fuel injecting device used in I.C. engines.
20. Compare an engine working on Otto cyclewith an engine working on Diesel cycle from the following po
of view : (i) Fuel, (ii) Working cycle, (iii) Method of fuel injection, (iv) Method of fuel ignition, (v) Speed,
(vi) Method of governing.
21. What do you understand by the terms ’detonation* and ‘pre-ignition* as applied to internal combustion
engines ?
22. A trial carried out on a four-stroke cycle, single-cylinder gas engine gave the following results :
Cylinder diameter, 30 cm; piston stroke, 53 cm; clearancevolume, 9,200 cm3, explosions per minute,
110; indicated mean effective pressure, 700 kPa; gas used, 28 m3 per hour; calorific value of gas, 19,000
kJ/m3,
Determine : (a) the compression ratio,, (b) the indicated thermal efficiency, (c) the air-standard efficiency
(assume y = 1 - 4 for air), and (d) the relative efficiency.
[ (a) r = 5; (b) T)f = 31-92%; (c) A.S.E. = 47-5%; (d) r\, = 67-2% ]
23.A single-cylinder, four-stroke oil engine working on Otto cycle has bore of 18 cm and stroke of 36 cm.
The clearance volume is 1,800 m
During a test the fuel oil consumption was 4-5 litres per hour; the engine speed 300 r.p.m.; the indicator
diagram area 4-25 cm2; length of indicator diagram 6-25 cm; and indicator spring rating 1,000 kPa per cm.
If the fuel oil has a calorific value of 43,500 kJ/kg and specific gravity of 0-8, calculate : (0 the indicated
thermal efficiency, (ii) the air-standard efficiency, and (iii) the relative efficiency. Take y = 1-4 for air.
V { (i) r\i = 35-8% ; (ii) A.S.E. = 51-46% ; (iii) t|, = 69-57% )
24. A petrol engine working on Ottocycle has clearance volume of 20% of the stroke volume. The engine fj
consumes 8-25 litres of petrol per hour when developing indicated power of 24 kW. The specific gravity of 4
petrol is 0-76 and its calorific value is 44,000 kJ/kg. Determine (i) the indicated thermal efficiency, (ii) the 1
air-standard efficiency, and (iii) the relative efficiency of the engine. Take y = 1-4 for air.
[ (i) ti/ = 31-32%; (iij A.S.E. = 51-15%; (iii) r\i = 61-239fc J »!
•>5 . The following particularsrefer to a petrol engine working on four-stroke, Otto cycle principle : Jj
v
• V
J
* i
internal Combustion Engines 169
Diameter of the cylinder 7 5 cm; stroke 9 cm; clearance volume 81 cm3; indicatedpowerdeveloped 21
kW; specific gravity of petrol 0-76; calorific value of petrol 44,000 kJ/kg. Calculate :(a) the air-standard
efficiency, and (b) the petrol consumption inlitres/hour, if the relative efficiency of the engine is 65%. Take
Y = 1-4 for air.
[ (a) A.S.E. = 5088%; (b) 6-836 litres/hour ]
26. A six cylinder, four-stroke cycle, petrol engine is to be designed to produce brake power of 320 kW at 40
r.p.s. The stroke to bore ratio is to be 1-25 to 1. Assuming a mechanical efficiency of 80% and indicated
mean effective pressure of 950 kPa, determine the required cylinder bore and stroke.
If the compression ratio of the engine is to be 6-5, determine the petrol consumption in litres per hour
and petrol consumption in litre per kW-hr based on brake power. Take the relative efficiency as 0-55 and
calorific value of petrol as 44,000 kJ/kg. Take specific gravity of petrol as 0-76, and y = 1-4 for air.
[ d = 15-3 cm; I = 19-125 cm; 148-5 litres/hour; 0-3711 litre/kW-hr. J
27. A Diesel engine has a relative efficiency of 0-58 on the brake. If the compression ratio is 14 and the
expansion ratio is 7 and the calorific value of oil is 44,000 kJ/kg, find : (i) the air-standard efficiency, (ii)
the brake thermal efficiency, and (iii) the consumption of oil in litre per kW-hour on brake power basis.
Take y = 1-4 for air and specific gravity of oil as 0-8.
I (i) 59-3%; 00 34-4%; (iii) 0-2973 litre/kW-hr. )
28. A gas engine of 25 cm bore, 45 cm stroke, has a compression ratio of 4-5. At the beginning of compression
the charge in the cylinder is at 100 kPa. The law of compression is pv = constant, and the law of
expansion is pv1 = constant. If the pressure is trebled during constant volume explosion, find the mean
effective pressure on the piston and the indicated poyver developed, if the engine makes 85 explosions per
minute.
[ 535 84 kPa; 17-755 kW ]
29. A Diesel engine working on the four-stroke cycle has a bore of 25 cm and stroke of 35 cm, runs at 4
r.p.s. If the compression ratio is 14 and the cut-off ratio is 2-2, estimate the indicated mean effective
pressure in kPa and the indicated power of the engine. Assume the law of compression to be pv1'32 =
constant and the law of expansion is pv135 = constant. The pressure and temperature at the beginning of
compression are 100 kPa and 100*C respectively. Calculate also the temperatures at the salient (key) points
of the cycle.
[ i.m.e.p. = 604-92 kPa; indicated power = 20-79 kW; 595*C, 1,637*C, 727*C ]
30. A single-acting, four-stroke cycle Diesel engine develops indicated power of 30 kW at 200 r.p.m. The mean
effective pressure is 700 kPa, compression ratio is 14, fuel is cut-off at 6 % of the stroke, y = 1*4 for air,
calorific value of fuel is 43,000 kJ/kg, relative efficiency is 58%. Calculate (0 the cylinder diameter if stroke
to bore ratio is 1-25, (ii) the air-standard efficiency, (iii) the indicated thermal efficiency, (iv) the fuel
consumption is litres per hour, and (v) the fuel consumption in litre per kW-hour based on indicated power.
Take specific gravity of fuel as 0-8.
[ (i) 29-7 cm; (ii) 60-45%; (iii) 35-06%; (iv) 8-95 litres/hour; (v) 0-2983 litre/kW-hr. )
31. A four-stroke oil engine working on dual-combustion cycle has a cylinder diameter of 24 cm and a stroke
of 35 cm. The clearance volume is 1,615 cm3, cut-off takes place at 6 per cent of the stroke and the
pressure ratio is 1-5. If the relative efficiency is 0-6 and the calorific value of oil is 42,000 kJ/kg and oil
consumption is 4-8 kg/hr., calculate the indicated power of the engine. Also calculate the indicated mean
effective pressure in kPa if the engine runs at 5 r.p.s. Take y = 1-4. for air.
[ Indicated power = 19-647 kW; i.m.e.p. = 496-33 kPa ]
7
TESTING OF INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
7.1 Objectives of Testing
In general, the purposes of testing an internal combustion engine are :
(i) to obtain information about the engine which cannot be determined by calculations,
(ii) to confirm data used in design, the validity of which is in doubt, and
(iii) to satisfy the customer as to the rated power output with the guaranteed fuel
consumption.
The majority of tests on internal combustion engines are carried out for commercial
purposes in order to check the following :
(i) rated power (brake power) with the guaranteed fuel consumption (kg/kW-hr.),
(ii) the quantity of lubricating oil required on brake power basis per kW-hr.,
(iii) the quantity of cooling water required on brake power basis in kg per kW-hr.,
(iv) the steadiness of the engine when loaded at different loads, and
(v) the overload carrying capacity of the engine.
7.2 Thermodynamic Tests
Complete thermodynamic tests are quite different from the commercial tests. They are
carried out for the purpose of comparing actual results with the theoretical or ideal
performance. For such tests it is necessary to measure losses in addition to the useful
part of the energy, and also to draw up a heat balance account. Such trials have been (
the direct cause of, and incentive to, the improvement in heat engines throughout the
period of their development. This interest created a demand for authentic records of
engine performance, which could only be satisfied by exhaustive trials carefully observed ;j
and calculated. The measurements necessary to determine the mechanical and thermal j
efficiencies of the engine and to draw up the heat balance account are :
(i) Indicated power (if possible); |
(ii) Brake power;
(iii) Morse test for mechanical efficiency in case of multi-cylinder high speed engines;
(iv) Rate of fuel consumption and its calorific value;
(v) Rate of flow of cooling water and its rise of temperature, for calculating the j
heat carried away by jacket cooling water; !
(vi) Heat carried away by the exhaust gases - this is estimated either directly by }
exhaust gas calorimeter or by measuring air consumption and temperature of M
exhaust gases, and engine room temperature. j
7.2.1 Measurement of indicated power : It is extremely difficult to determine the ti
indicated power, especially when moderate or high engine speeds are used. The strength 1
of the spring to be used in the indicator must be carefully chosen. The ratio of maximum if
pressure in the engine cylinder to the mean pressure during the cycle in an I.C. engine *
is much greater than that of any other heat engine. For gas and petrol engine, the i
i
i
i
Testing of Internal Combustion Engines 171
explosion causes the maximum pressure to be reached practically instantaneously. Thus,
to prevent vibrations being set up, the spring used must be stiff but at the same time
it should give enough height of the indicator diagram. The production of true volume
scale is often hindered by the absence or inaccessibility of any suitable point of attachment
for the indicator cord, so that it may transmit the piston movement, such as is provided
by the cross-head of a steam engine. Any miniature crank or cam device attached to
the crank shaft must be phased with considerable accuracy, while slackness, inertia and
elasticity in the mechanism may give very serious results.
The piston and pencil element used in steam engine practice is useless except at
very low speeds, the rate of pressure rise causing violent oscillatlbns which cannot be
damped without introducing errors. The replacement of the piston by a diaphragm and
the use of high optical or electrical magnification of its deflection, reduce the oscillation
problem but fatigue of the diaphragm metal and change of its calibration by heat are
both likely to occur. If the diaphragm is separated from the cylinder by means of a cock
except during actual recording, these troubles may be reduced, but likely to be replaced
by others due to surges of the gas pressure in the connecting passages, and even when
these are short the time taken for a change of pressure in the cylinder to reach and
deflect the diaphragm, may introduce a phase lag which is serious at high engine speeds.
For rapid determination of the mean effective pressure, a planimeter may be used,
being quite accurate enough forv all ordinary practically purposes.
The remaining data required for the calculation of the indicated power are the number
of explosions or power strokes per minute and the dimensions of the engine cylinder.
The number of explosions per minute is best given by means of a counter arranged to
be actuated from the gas valve, particularly if the engine is governed by the hit and miss
method.
Owing to the difficulties of accurate measurement, particularly at high speeds, there
is an increasing tendency to disregard indicated power and rely on brake power\ as a
power measurement.
7.2.2 Measurement o f brake power : There is very little difficulty in measuring this
quantity accurately if ordinary precautions are taken. This may be obtained by the use
of either a mechanical, electrical, hydraulic or air brake, etc. The difference between the
indicated power and brake power is known as the mechanical or friction loss, and includes
the negative loop of the indicator diagram. The following method is adopted to determine
the friction power so that the indicated power may be accurately determined.
Motoring test : An approximate value of friction power may be found immediately
following a period of running, by measuring the power required to motor the engine (the
engine is driven by an electric motor) at the requisite speed and with the ignition switched
off. Such a test should be carried out as near as maximum operating temperature possible,
the viscosity of the lubricant rising very considerably with a fall of temperature. Unfjprtunately
the thin film of lubricant on the cylinder wall, the shearing of which is the cause of about
half the total engine friction, suffers considerable deterioration by heat and oxidation while
the engine is running, and on switching off the ignition, this damaged oil on which the
piston normally operates, is rapidly washed from the walls and replaced by oil in good
condition. The power required to motor the engine thus falls very rapidly within perhaps
two minutes, after which it begins to rise slowly owing to the cooling of wails. A reasonable
accurate determination of running friction is, therefore, very difficult, if not impossible with
normal test equipment.
7.2.3. “ Morse” test fo r mechanical efficiency : For multi-cylinder high speed engine
the Morse test is available, and is less open to objection that the simple motoring test.
172 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
The method o f finding indicated power o f one cylinder o f a multi-cylinder I.C. engine
without the use o f a high speed indicator is known as the Morse test. The engine is
first run under the required condition of load, speed, temperature, etc., and the brake
power is measured accurately. Each cylinder is then cut-out in turn; the brake load being
rapidly adjusted in each case to bring the engine speed back to the specified value at
the given angle of advance and throttle settling.
The fundamental assumptions are that the friction and pumping power of the cut-out
cylinder remains the same after cutting out as they were when the cylinder was fully
operative (developing power). This would not be a correct assumption if it were not for
the fact that it is possible to carry this test in a very short span of time. It should only
take a few seconds to cut out one cylinder and adjust the brake load to keep the speed
constant. Over this short period the assumption may be considered reasonable. After
cutting out one cylinder, the engine should be allowed to run on all cylinders fora short
while, before cutting out the next cylinder.
Suppose we have a four-cylinder petrol engine loaded with a hydraulic brake
(dynamometer) to measure its brake power. At any given speed with all the four cylinders
firing (developing power), the brake power should be accurately measured, Then,
Indicated power 4 cylinders = Brake power 4 cylinders + Friction power 4 cylinders (i)
If one cylinder is cut out (spark plug lead is shorted) so that it develops no power,
the engine speed will fall. The brake load should then bereduced so thatthe engine
speed increases again to the original given speed. The engineis nowdeveloping power
in three cylinders, whereas the friction power of all the four cylinders remains the same
as already discussed.
Then, the brake power should be measured with the decreased load, i.e., with three
cylinders developing power.
Then, l.P. 3 cylinders = B.P. 3 cylinders + F.P. 4 cylinders •••(••)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get,
l.P. 4 cylinders " l.P. 3 cylinders ~ B.P. 4 cylinders - B.P. 3 cylinders
where, B.P. = Brake power, l.P. = Indicated power and F.P., = Frictionpower.
But, l.P. 4 cylinder - l.P. 3 cylinders is the l.P. of the cylinder that was cut out and
hence may be calculated as the difference in readings of B.P. measured when all cylinders
were firing and when one cylinder was cut out (i.e., only three cylinders were firing).
By cutting out each cylinder in turn, the l.P. of each cylinder can be determined and
the indicated power of the whole engine is then sum of I.P.’s of the separate cylinders.
The friction power is given by : total l.P. - total B.P. and the mechanical efficiency is
given by dividing the total B.P. by the total l.P. (see illustrative problem No. 10).
7.2.4 Measurement o f rate o f fuel consum ption and its calorific value : This is
very easily measured for small capacity engine by noting the time taken to consume a
given volume of fuel, although strictly speaking it is the mass of the oil that is required.
A simple device, in which two special glass bulbs, one of about 100 c.c. capacity and
the other 200 c.c. capacity, may be connected by three-way cocks to the fuel tank and
the engine fuel supply line. Three-way cocks help to fill the one bulb when the other is
feeding the engine. To reduce the fuel consumption to a mass basis,, the specific gravity
of the fuel oil should be determined, at the temperature of the oil during the trial.
For bigger size oil engine, the simplest and the most accurate method of obtaining
the fuel consumption is to support the fuel tank on a weighing machine and supply fuel
to the engine. The rate of fuel consumption is then obtained by subtracting the mass of
the fuel and tank at the end of the trial, from that at the beginning, the time taken to
Testing of internal Combustion Engines 173
discharge this mass of fuel being noted.
The most reliable method of measuring the gas consumption of a gas engine is to
pass the gas through a graduated gas holder from which it is drawn by the engine. This
is more accurate than the use of a gas meter. The temperature and pressure o f the gas
should be taken, so that the volume used may be reduced to normal or standard
temperature and pressure.
A trial of half an hour or even less should suffice, if the engine has settled down to
its working conditions.
The heat engine trials committee has recommended to use the gross or higher calorific
value of the fuel for the calculation of thermal efficiency and drawing up the heat balance
sheet. The higher calorific value for oil fuel can be determined by using Bomb calorimeter
and that for gaseous fuel by using Junkers gas calorimeter. v
I
7.2.5 Measurement of heat carried away by cylinder jacket cooling water : In
ordinary internal combustion engines, the circulation of cylinder jacket cooling water is
maintained by means of natural gravitational current of water or by forced circulation from
a pump. In measuring the heat carried away by the jacket water it is necessary to
measure the rate of flow of jacket cooling water and also the inlet and outlet temperatures
of water. The rate of water circulated in the cylinder jacket is measured by means of
water meter fitted in the inlet pipe or by collecting the outflow water in a measuring
vessel in a given time interval. The measuring vessel should be supplied with gauge
glass reading either in litres or kilograms, or it may be carried on a weighing machine
and the mass of water collected in a given time obtained directly. In order to determine
the temperature difference all that is necessary is to have two reasonably accurate mercury
thermometers which should be inserted in suitable pockets arranged on the inlet and
outlet pipes close to the engine.
Let, mw = mass of cylinder jacket cooling water supplied in kg per minute,
ti m inlet temperature of jacket cooling water, °C,
fe = outlet temperature of jacket cooling water, °C, and
K = specific heat of water, kJ/kg K.
Then, heat carried away by cylinder jacket cooling water per minute
= mass of cooling water per min. x specific heat of water x risein temperature
of cooling water
= mw x K x (fe - ft) kJ/min. ..(7.1)
There is no reliable method of measuring directly the heat carried away by the air
flowing over an air cooled engine and therefore this quantity should be included in the
radiation losses, i.e., in the last item of the heat balance sheet.
7.2.6 Measurement of heat carried away by the exhaust gases : In the actual
determination of heat carried away by exhaust gases, we are concerned with three
quantities, namely the temperature of exhaust gases and room temperature, the mass of
exhaust gases, and the mean specific heat of exhaust gases.
Temperature of exhaust gases : The temperature of exhaust gases (tg) as they leave
the engine cylinder can be measured by a thermometer known as pyrometer. It works
on the principle that when two dissimilar metals are joined together, heating will cause
a flow of'electricity. The thermo-couple is encased in a tube which is screwed into the
exhaust connection of the cylinder. Two wires lead from the thermo-couple to a milli-voltmeter
which indicates the minute e.m.f. created by the flow of electricity. The dial of the
pyrometer is marked in terms of temperature degrees instead of milli-volts, having been
174 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
calibrated by the makers. The warmer the gases, the greater will be the e.m.f. ( milli-volts)
and the pyrometer dial will read higher temperature.
Mass o f exhaust gases : The mass of exhaust gases may be calculated from the
measured air consumption by air-box orifice method or by air flow meter in a given time
and the fuel consumption in the same time.
Air-fuel ratio - Air consumption per minute
Fuel consumption per minute
Mass of exhaust gases per minute = Air consumption per min. + Fuel consumption
per min.
It is also possible to estimate the air-fuel ratio and the mass of exhaust gases per
kg of fuel from the volumetric analysis of exhaust gases by Orsat apparatus and the
ultimate analysis of fuel on mass basis.
Mass of air supplied per kg of N x C
= m kg ( say )
fuel or air-fuel ratio 33 (C, x q>)
where, N, C1 and C2 are percentages of nitrogen, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide
by volume in exhaust gases and C is percentage of carbon in fuel on mass basis.
Mass of exhaust gases per kgof fuel = (. m + 1 ) kg.
Mass of exhaust gases per minute (mg) = (m + 1 ) x mass of fuelper min. in
kg.
Mean specific heat of exhaust gases : The mean specific heat of exhaust products
(gases) can be calculated from the knowledge of the constituent products, by allowing
the appropriate proportion of specific heat of each constituent.
The value of mean specific heat of exhaust gases (Ap) can be assumed with sufficient
accuracy as 1 005 kJ/kg K.
The engine room temperature (Q and pressure of the engine room air are measured
with ordinary mercury thermometer and mercury barometer respectively. In order to estimate
the amount of moisture present in the air it is necessary to read temperatures of dry
bulb and wet bulb thermometers.
mass of exhaust gases per min.
(mg) x specific heat of exhaust
Then, heat carried away by
gases {kp) x [exhaust gases
exhaust gases per min.
temperature (tg) - engine room
temperature (/>)]
Note : As discussed earlier the heat equivalent of the friction power is not included
in the heat balance on the right hand side because most of the heat absorbed in friction
will reappear in the jacket cooling water. The heat taken away by the jacket cooling water
is already included in the heat balance, and the. same amount energy must not be
included twice. Some frictional heat will also appear in the heat carried away by exhaust
1
tion (b.s.f.c.) is inversely proportional to brake thermal efficiency. Since indicated thermal
178 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
efficiency falls off at low speeds, the b.s.f.c. becomes relatively high. At high speeds
although the indicated thermal efficiency remains high, the excessive frictional losses cause
decrease in the brake thermal efficiency and increase in b.s.f.c. Although the curves (fig.
7-2) that have been discussed are those of a variable speed spark-ignition engine, the
curves for a Diesel engine (compression-ignition engine) are similar.
For a constant speed engine, the curve most commonly plotted is the brake specific
fuel consumption versus load, although curves of mechanical and thermal efficiencies may
also be plotted as shown in fig. 7-3. For both the Diesel and spark-ignition types of
engines, the brake specific fuel consumption increases at heavy loads, primarily because
of the large amount of incomplete combustion that accompanies the low air-fuel ratio
used, to obtain the heavy loads. A light loads, the brake fuel rates for both types of
engines become rather large, prim arily. because the friction power being substantially
constant at a given speed, a large portion of the indicated power output is lost at light
loads. Hence, much more fuel must be used per kW-hour on brake power basis at light
loads.
Problem - 1 : The following observations were made during a test on a two-stroke
cycle oil engine :
Cylinder dimensions - 20 cm bore, 25 cm stroke ; speed, 6 r.p.s.; effective brake
drum diameter, 1.2 metres; net brke load, 440 newtons; indicated mean effective pressure,
280 kPa; fuel oil consumption, 3.6 kg/hr.; calorific value o f fuel oil, 42,500 kJ/kg; mass
o f jacket cooling water per hour, 468 kg; rise in temperature o f jacket cooling water,
28°C; air used per kg of fuel oil, 34 kg; temperature o f air in test house, 30°C; temperature
o f exhaust gases, 400°C; mean specific heat o f exhaust gases, 1 H.J/kg K.
Calculate : (a) the brake power, (b) the indicated power, (c) the mechanical efficiency,
(d) the brake mean effective pressure, and (e) brake power fuel consumption in kg per
kW-hr. Draw up a heat balance sheet in kJ/min. and as percentages o f the heat supplied
to the engine. Calculate also the brake thermal efficiency o f the engine.
(a) Brake power = (W - S ) x R x 2 x x N watts
= 440 x 0-6 x 2 x 3-14 x 6 - 9,948 watts or 9948 kW
(b) Indicated power - pm x a x I x n watts
Using eqn. (7.3), total heat carried away by exhaust gases (wet) = (a) + (b)
= 1,312-5 + 126-1 = 1,438-6 kJ/min.
(4) Heat lost to radiation, errors of observation, etc. (by difference)
= 3,942 - ( 1,110 + 1,072-8 + 1,438-6 ) = 320-6 kJ/min.
Exhaust
gas inlet
Exhaust calorimeter
tater
Wat
outlet
I rfll—
L rp
5* •<*C ^
:5 £ = "
Water
l i r u s inlet 155 C
ura,n
¥
Exhaust gas
Fig. 7-4. Exhaust gas calorimeter. outlet 82-2*C
Heat balance sheet in kJ/minute
Heat supplied/min. kJ % Heat expenditure/min. kJ %
Heat supplied by 3,942 100 (1) Heat equivalent of 1,110-0 28 16
combustion of fuel oil brake power
(2) Heat lost to jacket 1,072-8 27-22
cooling water
(3) Heat lost to exhaust 1,438 6 36-50
gases (wet)
(4) Heat lost to radia-
tion,errors,etc.
(by difference) 320-6 812
2 H2 + O2 = 2 H2O
1+8 = 9 i.e., one kg of H2 produces 9 kg of H2O
Mass of H2O produced per kg of fuel burnt = 9 x H2 = 9 x 0-135 =1-215 kg
per kg of fuel.
Mass of H2O (steam) produced per minute
= 1-215 x mass of fuel per minute
182 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
3.5
= 1-215 x — = 0 0709 kg per min.
Soon after the test the engine was motored by the dynamo taking current from the
mains : Applied voltage - 440 V; Current - 7.8 Amp.; Speed - 250 r.p.m.; Efficiency o f
the generator as motor - 92%
Draw up a heat balance sheet on percentage basis assuming that the steam in the
exhaust gases is at atmospheric pressure (1-01325 bar). Calculate the mechanical efficiency
o f the engine. Take kp o f dry exhaust gases as 1 kJ/kg K and kp o f steam as 2-1 kJ/kg
K
320 x 60
(2) Mass of jacket cooling water used per kg of fuel oil = — — -— = 80 kg.
Heat lost to cylinder jacket cooling water per kg o f fuel oil '
= 80 x 4-187 x 40 = 13,398 kJ/kg.
140 x 60
(3) Mass of piston cooling oil used per kg o f fuel oil =— — = 35 kg
Heat lost to piston cooling oil per kg of fuel oil = 35x 2-1 x 28 =2,058 kJ/kg
(4) Mass of water circulated in exhaust gas calorimeter per kg of fuel oil
300 x 60 .
240 9
Heat lost to exhaust gases per kg o f fuel oil = 75 x 4-187 x 42 = 13,189 kJ/kg
(5) Heat lost to radiation, errors of observation, etc. per kg o f fuel oil (by difference)
= 44,000 - (10,556 + 13,398 + 2,058 + 13,189) = 4,789 kJ/kg
Indicated power = pm x a x / x n kW
Negative loop indicated power or pumping Indicated power when firing ( hit )
= 36-7 x ^ x J (7 ^ :) x (H I - = 0-208 kW
100 4 ^100j ^120 60 j
Hence, total pumping indicated power(when firing and not firing)
= 0-601 + 0-208 = 0-809 kW
Hence, pumping indicated power is
Friction power = Indicated power (net) - brake power = 11-893 - 9-998 = 1-895 kW
Hence, mechanical friction power is,
i
Testing of Internal Combustion Engines 191
- T i ' Me3Sm>
(a) Considering that the cylinder is occupied by air-gas mixture,
... . „. . Volume of air-gas mixture per stroke at N.T.P.
Volumetric efficiency = -------------- -—= -— J---------r _ ,----------------
7 Swept volume per stroke
002014
- 00236 ’ a847 ° r M 7 %
(b) Considering that the cylinder is occupied by air only,
. Volume of air per stroke at N.T.P.
Volumetric efficiency = ------=— —— P------------— --------
Swept volume per stroke
combustion of fuel oil 2,975 100 (2) To jacket cooling water 837-4
2 8 ,5
(3) To dry exhaust gases 483 95 16 27
(4) To steam in exhaust gases 302 03 10-15
(5) To radiation,errors of 605 58 2035
observation, etc. (by difference)
2.975 100 Total 2,975 100-00
Total
8
STEAM NOZZLES
8.1 Introduction
In the impulse steam turbine, the overall transformation of heat into mechanical work
is accomplished in two distinct steps. The available energy of steam is first changed into
kinetic energy, and this kinetic energy is then transformed into mechanical work. The first
of these steps, viz., the transformation of available energy into kinetic energy is dealt
with in this chapter.
A nozzle is a passage of varying cross-sectional area in which the potential energy
of the steam is converted into kinetic energy. The increase of velocity of the steam jet
at the exit of the nozzle is obtained due to decrease in enthalpy (total heat content) of
the steam. The nozzle is so shaped that it will perform this conversion of energy with
minimum loss.
8.2 General Forms of Nozzle Passages
A nozzle is an element whose primary function is to convert enthalpy (total heat)
energy into kinetic energy. When the steam flows through a suitably shaped nozzle from
zone of high pressure to one at low pressure, its velocity and specific volume both will
increase.
The equation of the continuity of mass may be written thus :
...(8.1)
In order to allow the expansion to take place properly, the area at any section of
the nozzle must be such that it will accomodate the steam whatever volume and velocity
may prevail at that point.
As the mass flow (m) is same at all sections of the nozzle, area of cross-section
(A) varies as —. The manner in which both V and v vary depends upon the properties
of the substance flowing. Hence, the contour of the passage of nozzle depends upon
the nature of the substance flowing.
For example, consider a liquid- a substance whose specific volume v remains almost
constant with change of pressure. The value of will go on increasing with change of
pressure. Thus, from eqn. (8.1), the area of cross-section should decrease with the
decrease of pressure. Fig. 8-1 (a) illustrates the proper contour of longitudinal section of
200 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
a nozzle suitable for liquid. This also can represent convergent nozzle for a fluid whose
peculiarity is that while both velocity and specific volume increase, the rate of specific
volume increase is less than that of the velocity, thus resulting in increasing value of
v'
Fig. 8-1 (b) represents the correct contour for some hypothetical substance for which
both velocity and specific volume increase at the same rate, so that their ratio — is a
v
constant at all points. The area of cross-section should therefore, be constant at all points, •
and the nozzle becomes a plain tube.
Fig. 8-1 (c) represents a divergent nozzle for a fluid whose peculiarity is that —
decreases with the drop of pressure, i.e., specific volume increases at a faster rate than
velocity with the drop of pressure. The area of cross-section should increase as the
pressure decreases.
Table 8-1
Properties of steam at various pressures when expanding dry saturated steam from
14 bar to 0.15 bar through a nozzle, assuming frictionless adiabatic flow.
Pressure Dryness Enthalpy Velocity Specific Discharge Area Diameter
P fraction drop V Volume per unit A D
bar X Hi - HZ m/sec. v» area m2 metre
kJ m3/kg kg/m2
14 1-000 - - - - - -
Sonic
Subsonic I
H region h — Supersonic region
allow for increasing value of — ; after this smallest diameter is reached, it will diverge
to a larger cross-section. The smallest section of the nozzle is known as the throat.
A nozzle which first converges to throat and then diverges, as in fig. 8-2(a), is termed
/p?\
as converging-diverging nozzle. It is used for higher pressure ratio — .
l pV
Some form of nozzles finish at the throat and no diverging portion is fitted; this type
shown in fig. 8-2(b), is known as converging nozzle. In this the greatest area is at the
entrance and minimum area is at the exit which is also the throat of the nozzle. This
Pz
nozzle is used when the pressure ratio, — is less than 0.58 (critical).
Pi
8.4 Flow Through Steam Nozzles
From the point of view of thermodynamics, the steam flow through nozzles may be
spoken as adiabatic expansion. During the flow of steam through the nozzle, heat is
neither supplied nor rejected. Moreover, as the steam expands from high pressure to low
pressure, the heat energy is converted into kinetic energy, i.e., work is done in expanding
to increase the kinetic energy. Thus the expansion of steam through a nozzle is an
adiabatic, and the flow of steam through nozzle is regarded as an adiabatic flow.
It should be noted that the expansion of steam through a nozzle is not a free
expansion, and the steam is not throttled, because it has a large velocity at the end of
the expansion. Work is done by the expanding steam in producing this kinetic energy.
In practice, some kinetic energy is lost in overcoming the friction between the steam
and the side of the nozzle and also internal friction, which will tend to regenerate heat.
The heat thus formed tends to dry the steam. About 10% to 15% of the enthalpy drop
from inlet to exit is lost in friction. The effect of this friction, in resisting the flow and in
drying the steam, must be taken into account in the design of steam nozzles, as it makes
an appreciable difference in the results.
Another complication in the design of steam through a nozzle is due to a phenomenon
known as supersaturation; this is due to a time lagin the condensation of the steam
during the expansion. The expansion takes place very rapidly and if the steam is initially
dry or superheated, it should become wet as the pressure falls, because the expansion
is adiabatic. During expansion the steam does not have time to condense, but remains
in an unnatural dry or superheated state, then at a certain instant, it suddenly condenses
to its natural state. See illustrative problem no. 14.
Thus, the flow of steam through a nozzle may be regarded as either an ideal adiabatic
(isentropic) flow, or adiabatic flow modified by friction and supersaturation.
I.f friction is negligible, three steps are essential in the process of expansion from
pressure P; to p2 :
(i) Driving of steam upto the nozzle inlet from the boiler. The ‘flow-work’doneonthe
steam is p 1vl and results in similar volume of steam being forced through the exit to
make room for fresh charge (steam).
(ii) Expansion of steam through the nozzle while pressure changes from p, to p?, the
work done being' ^ y (p\ v^ - pzv2)
where n is the index of the isentropic expansion,
v-i = vulumeoccupied _by 1 kg of steam at entrance to nozzle, and
v2 = volume occupied by 1 kg of steam as it leaves the nozzle.
Steam Nozzles 203
Alternatively, this work done is equal to the change of internal energy, m - \l 2 as
during isentropic expansion work is done at the cost of internal energy.
(iii) Displacement of the steam from the low pressure zone by an equal volume
diseharged from the nozzle. This work amounts to P2 V2 which is equal to the final flow
work spent in forcing the steam out to make room for fresh charge (steam).
Thus, the new work done in increasing kinetic energy of the steam,
1
W ■ p iv i + (P1V1 - PZV2) - P2.V2.
n - 1
2 x 1,000 = ^ = H
where H is enthalpy drop in kJ/kg and V = velocity of steam leaving the nozzle in
m/sec.
V = V2 X 1.000H = 44-72 VH m /sec. ... (8.5)
Let the available enthalpy drop after deducting frictional loss be kH,
i.e. | | — k ) H fe the friction loss,
Then, V ~ 44-72 VJ<H m/sec. ...(8.6)
If the frictional loss in the nozzle is 15 per cent of the enthalpy drop, then k - 0.85.
8.4.2 Mass of steam discharged : The mass flow of steam in kg per second through
a cross-sectional area A and at a pressure p2 can be written as
AV2
m = —— where v2 = specific volume of steam at pressure p2.
204 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
But vs = vi ( Q - Y = v\ ( P f \ ' n
,P2 Pi ...(8.7)
where, vi = specific volume of steam at pressure p i.
Using the value of velocity V from eqns. (8.3.) and (8.5),
n A_ n P2.V2.
m 2,000 (p iv i - pzvz) V 2,000 pi vi 1 -
vz n - 1 vz n - 1 p^v^
Putting the value of V2 from eqn. (8.7), we get,
A n - 1'
m r V 2 , « » 7r f T p , 1 .(« '
P z \- -
V1 — p>
n
Pi
2 n + 1
m ooo— x vi n - \E£ ... (8. 8)
n - 1 Pi p i,
8.4.3 Critical pressure ratio : Using eqn. (8.8), the rate of mass flow per unit area
is given by
n + 1 2
m f£g n -
A
-V I
000—n S
- -1r * ~vi
The mass flow per unit area has the maximum value at the throat which has minimum
area, the value of pressure ratio fP2\ at the throat can be evaluated from the above
,Pi
m
expression corresponding to the maximum value of - j.
All the items of this equation are constant with the exception of the ratio
/? + r
— is maximum when [ ( £ ) ; - (£] n is the maximum.
A
AH
(P2S
Differentiating the above expression with respect to and equating to zero for a
\* /
maximum discharge per unit area
n + 1
P 2 \- (& = 0
n -
Pl Pi,
a i m
Pi
2 P2 2 . 1 n + 1 P2
n
n Pi n Pi
2 - n 2- n
P2 n + 1 n + 1 fart
"once, or
Pi n Pi Pi
n
n + 1 p2 n - 1
P2. or —- =
’.'cm 'which • (8 9 )
Pi Pi
Steam Nozzles 205
^ is known as critical pressure ratio and depends upon the value of index n.
Dr. Zeuner has suggested a well known equation for value of n in the adiabatic
expansion of steam viz. n = 1-035 + 0-1x i, where xi is the initial dryness fraction of
steam.
The eqn. (8.9) gives the ratio between the throat pressure [p2) and the inlet pressure
(pr) for a maximum discharge per unit area through the nozzle. The mass flow being
constant for all sections of nozzle, maximum discharge per unit area occurs at the section
(a) (b)
Fig. 8-3.
having minimum area, i.e., at the throat. The area of thtoat of all steam nozzle should
be designed on this ratio. This pressure ratio at the throat is known as critical pressure
ratio. The pressure at which the area is minimum and discharge per unit area is maximum
is termed as the critical pressure.
The implication of the existence of a critical pressure in nozzle flow may be expressed
in another way. Suppose we have two vessels A and B. A containing steam at a high
and steady pressure pu Suppose that the pressure in B may be varied at will. A and
B are connected by a diaphragm containing a convergent nozzle, as shown in fig. 8-3(a).
Assume at first that p2 is equal to pu then there is no flow of str-am through the
nozzle. Now let p2 be gradually reduced. The discharge m through the nozzle will increase
as shown by the curve of fig. 8-3(b). As the pressure p2 approaches the critical value,
the discharge rate gradually approaches its maximum value, and when p2 is reduced
below the critical value, the discharge rate does not increase but remains at the same
value as that at the critical pressure. The extraordinary result that p2 can be reduced
206 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
well below the critical pressure without influencing the mass flow was first discovered by
R.D. Napier.
Another explanation can be visualised as follows : the critical pressure will givevelocity
of steam at the throat equal to the velocity of the sound (sonic velocity). Theflow of
steam in the convergent portion of the nozzle is sub-sonic. Thus, to increase the velocity
of steam above sonic velocity (super sonic) by expanding steam below critical pressure,
divergent portion is necessary [ fig- 8-2(a) ]•
8.4.4 Areas o f throat and exit fo r maximum discharge : The first step is to estimate
the critical pressure or throat pressure for the given initial condition of steam.
(1) If the nozzle is convergent, the nozzle terminates at the throat, hence the throat
is the exit end or mouth of the nozzle.
Next, using the Mollier ( H - <t>) chart, the enthalpy drop can be calculated by drawing
a vertical line to represent the isentropic expansion from p i to p2 ( p2 is throat pressure).
Read off from the H - $ chart the value of enthalpies H i and Hz or enthalpy drop
H i - H2 and dryness fraction x i as shown in fig. 8-4.
Then, for throat, enthalpy drop from entry to throat, Ht = H i - H2 kJ/kg, and velocity
at throat, V2 = 44-72 VFTt m/sec.
For the exit or mouth of the nozzle, enthalpy drop from entry to exit,
He = H i - H3 kJ/kg and velocity at exit,
V3 = 44-72 m/sec.
Steam Nozzles 207
...(8.12)
Then, mass flow, m = - kg/sec.
X3Vsa
The value of Vs3 at pressure p3 can be obtained directly from the steam tables. As
the mass of discharge m is known, the exit area A3 can be calculated by uising eqn.
(8.12).
Similarly, for any pressure p along the nozzle axis, steam velocity and then the
cross-sectional area can be evaluated.
(cl
Fig. 8-5.
8.4.5 Length o f nozzle : The length of the convergent portion should be short in
order to reduce the surface friction, and normally a length of about 6 mm will be found
adequate. This rapid change in the area is possible because the convergence of the
walls of a passage tends to stabilize the flow as shown in fig. 8-5 (a).
In the divergent portion, high velocity steam has tendency, on account of inertia, to
flow along the axis in a form of a circular jet of sectional area equal to throat area. If
the divergence is rapid, steam will not occupy the increased area provided. Thus, steam
may pass out through the divergent point without drop of pressure as shown in fig. 8.5(b).
To avoid this, divergent portion should have sufficient length so that steam has enough
time to occupy the full cross-sectional area provided, thus resulting in desired drop of
pressure and increase in kinetic energy. This necessitates gradual increase in area. It is
found satisfactory in practice to make the length of the nozzle from throat to exit such
that the included cone angle is about 10° as shown in fig. 8-5(c).
Problem - 1 : A convergent-divergent nozzle for a steam turbine has to deliver steam
under a supply condition of 11 bar with 100°C superheat and a back pressure of 0.15
bar. If the outlet area of the nozzle is 9.7 cm2, determine using steam tables, the mass
of steam discharged per hour. If the turbine converts 60% of the total enthalpy drop into
useful work, determine the power delivered by the turbine. Neglect the effect of friction
in the nozzle. Take Kp of superheated steam as 2.3 kJ/kg K.
From Steam Tables
p ts Vs h L H <fv
bar *c m3/kg kJ/kg kJ/kg kJ/kg kJ/kg K kJ/kg K
11 184-09 — 781-34 2,000-4 2,781-7 2-1792 6-5536 |
015 53-97 10-022 225-94 2,373-1 2,599-1 0-7549 8-0085
Let suffixes 1 and 3 represent conditions at entry and exit of the nozzle.
206 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Entropy before expansion = Entropy after expansion
$1 ■ <l>3
71 x 4
/. Throat diameter, Dz = 0-951 cm i.e., 9-51 mm
ji
Similarly velocity at exit,
V3 = 44-72 V456 = 955 m/sec.
Specific volume of dry saturated steam at 0.4 bar ( from steam tables),
ir
A3 V3 [eqn. (8 .2 ) ]
m =
V3
r J lX \ 350 A3 x 955
1 y i.e.,
3,600 3-11 x 104
L1
i \ f +.
y \ % 350x3-11 x 10*
\3 A3 =
£H,j" . Is + 955 x 3,600
... y
o
tz rI N
\ ** = 3-16 cm2
/
Ui Exit diameter, D3 =
3-16 x 4
E n tro p y - 2-01 cm i.e., 201 mm
n
Fig. 8-6. H - 1\ diagram. Problem - 3 : An impulse tur-
bine which is to develop 175 kW with probable steam consumption o f 11 kg per kW-hour
is supplied with dry saturated steam at 10 bar. Find the number o f nozzles each of about
6 mm diameter at the throat that will be required for the purpose and estimate the exact
diameters at the throat and exit of the nozzles. The condenser pressure is 0.15 bar.
Neglect the effect of friction in nozzles. Assume index of expansion as 1.135.
Let suffixes, 1, 2 and 3 represent conditions at entry, throat and exit of the nozzle.
n
Pz 2 \n - 1
From eqn. (8.9),
Pi n + 1
1-135
Pz 0-135
Putting n = 1-135, — * ( 2 ) = (0-936)84 = 0-578
^2-135J
Critical or throat pressure, pz = 0-578 x pi = 0-578 x 10 = 5-78 bar.
Enthalpy drop fiom entry to throat, Ht = H i - H 2 = 122 kJ/kg and
210 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Dryness fraction of steam at throat, X2 = 0*957 (from H - 4> chart).
Velocity at throat, Vz = 44-72 yfFTt = 44-72 V122 = 494 m/sec.,
From steam tables at 5-78 bar, Vs2 = 0-327 m3/kg by arithmetical interpolation.
Specific volume at throat, vz - x Vs2 = 0-957 x 0-327 m3/kg.
,2
x 494
A z V z ____ 10
For mass continuity, m - = 0-0446 kg/sec.
^ 104 x 0-957 x 0-327
11-99
Exact diameter at throat, D2 = 6 V = 5-997 mm.
12
For exit :
Enthalpy drop from entry to exit, He = H i - H3 = 655 kJ/kg and
Dryness fraction of steam at exit, X3 = 0-85 ( from H - 4> chart).
Velocity at exit, Va = 44-72 VTfe = 44-72 V655 = 1,145 m/sec.
From steam tables at 0.15 bar, 1/*, = 10-022 m3/kg.
.-. Taking the number of nozzles as 12,
0-5347
Mass of steam per nozzle = = 0-0446 kg/sec.
12
A3 V3 mv3 m x Vsa x X3
Again for mass continuity, m = or A 3
~w V*
0-0446 x (10-022 x 0-85) x
Aa = = 3-646 cm
1,145
Entrance « CK«r
Fig. 8-7
convergent-divergent nozzle. Assuming that the expansion is frictionless adiabatic, and the
steam discharged is 0 25 kg/sec., calculate the diameters o f the sections of nozzle (i) at
a point where the pressure is 9-5 bar, and (ii) at exit.
Take Kp of superheated steam as 2-3 kJ/kg K.
Referring to fig. 8-7,
Steam Nozzles 211
Let suffixes, 1,2 and 3 represent conditions at entrance, section of the nozzle where
pressure is 9-5 bar and exit respectively.
As the steam is initially superheated,
critical or throat pressure = 0-546 x p-( = 0-546 x 17 = 9-28 bar.
It means that the nozzle is still converging where the pressure is 9-5 bar.
(1) For section of the nozzle where the pressure is 9-5 bar :
Enthalpy drop from entry to section of nozzle, where the pressure is 9-5 bar,
H f - H2 = 140 kJ/kg ( from H - <I> chart);
Temperature of steam, t2 = 213°C (from H - <t> chart).
At 9-5 bar, saturation temperature, ts = 177-69°C (from steam tables).
.% Steam at section where pressure is 9-5 bar is superheated, i.e., steam is still
superheated after expansion.
At 9.5 bar, vs2 = 0.2042 m3/kg (from steam tables).
Specific volume at 9-5 bar and 213°C,
* ‘ ^ * W ' 0 2 0 4 2 x " 0 2 2 ^
Velocity at section, where pressure is 9-5 bar, V2 = 44-72 V140 = 529 m/sec.
A2V2
For mass continuity, m =
v2
^ (£W2 * 529
i.e., 0-25 =
0-22 x 104
- « * - ■ >«•
.-. Diameter, = V1 -324 = 1-15 cm i.e., 11-5 mm
Diameter of the section of the nozzle at a point where the pressure is 9-5 bar
= 11-5 mm.
(ii) For exit : •
From H - <I> chart, Enthalpy drop from inlet to exit, He = H-, - H3 = 600 kJ/kg and
dryness fraction, x3 = 0.89.
Velocity at exit, V3 = 44-72 V7-7J = 44-72 V600 = 1,095 m/sec.
From steam tables, at 0-7 bar, = 2-365 m3/kg.
Specific volume at exit, v3 = x3 x = 0-89 x 2-365 m3/kg.
^3^3
For mass continuity, m = -------
v3
* Jt . „ .2 1 m x v3 0-25 x (0-89 x 2-365J
----------------------------------W 5 ------------------------
1(475
m = = 0-083 kg/sec.
^ 0-96 x 0-2995 x 104
For exit :
From H - O chart, Enthalpy drop from entry to exit, He = H i - H3 = 540 kJ/kg and
dryness fraction of steam at exit, X3 = 0-834
Velocity at exit, V3 = 44-72 VFfe = 44-72 V540 = 1,039 m/sec.
From steam tables at 0-4 bar, Vs3 = 3-993 m3/kg
Specific volume at exit, V3 - X3 x Vs3 = 0-834 x 3-993 m3/kg.
A3 V3
For mass continuity, m =
V3
1 m x vs 0-083 x (0-834 x 3-993)
Vz 1,039
1 -1 3 5
2 n + 1’
m n pi ( P2> n /P2) n
Ar 2 ,0 0 0 — Q—r
A n - 1 vi (P lj ( p ij
2 n n + 1 n
x
m 2 \n * n - 1 n n - 1
A
. V 1,000 n —
V1 n - 1 n + 1
2
n + 11
^
n + 1
V Pi /
1,000 n —
2
vi In - 1
' 2
n + 1
\n - 1
1 2
( n + 1;
r -,|
V Pi I 2
1,000 n — 1
2
vi I n - 1 1 I n- + 1
\ n - 1
n + 1 / 2
l n + 1 , /7 + 1
2 \n- 1
n -1
in + 1J
n + n + 1
. V 1,000 Pi / • 2 2
vi 1n - %j I n * 1
\n -
n + 1
2 \n - 1 n - 1
- 1
2 - n - 1
.V
n +
2 2 n - 1
Pi- / 2 -
1
1 ,000/1 — -
vi In - 1 1 In + 1 n +1
n +_
Pi 2 -
1,000 n n + 1
vi In - 1 1 In + 1
Steam Nozzles 215
n ■f 1
m n - 1 / n + 1
- V 1,000 n — - 1
A vi n - 1 n + 1
= V 1,000 n — 1
.V 2,000
n
n - 1r
1^
(4
I
pzvz)
7 pi vi 1 - - —
p iv i
( £2 n
But — - from p iv in = p2v2n
V1 pi
n - 1
Vz = VV 2,000
n
n - 1
P 1V1 1 -
( Pz)
Pi
n
n
n - 1
For maximum discharge, — = 2
Pi n + 1
n n - 1
a / n n - 1
x ----------
r i Vz = V 2,000 n - 1 p iv i 1 -
n + 1
2,000 _ n . pivi Jl -
n - 1 n + 1j
216 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
= ^2,000 — pivi x ^ 4
n - r n + 1
^ = V 2, o o o _ ^ — m/sec.
n + 1r
Problem - 9 : Dry saturated steam enters a nozzle at pressure of 10 bar and with
an initial velocity o f 90 m/sec. The outlet pressure is 6 bar and outlet velocity is 435
m/sec. The heat loss from the nozzle is 6 3 kJ per kg of steam flow. Calculatethe
dryness fraction and the area at the exit, if the area at the inlet is 1256 cm2.
Steady flow energy equation per kg of steam flow through the nozzle at inletand
outlet can be written as
V \2 Vz2
+ 2 ^0 0 - * + 2^00+ losses
where, H i and H2 are enthalpies at inlet and outlet, kJ/kg, and
Vi and V2 are velocities at inlet and outlet, m/sec.
H i = enthalpy of dry saturated steam at 10 bar = 2778-1 kJ/kg (from steam tables).
2 '7781 + S o - * + * 63
Hz = 2,778-1 + 4-05 - 94-61 - 6-3 - 2,681-24 kJ/kg.
As steam is dry saturated at inlet it will be wet at outlet. Let its dryness fraction be X2 .
Hz m hz + xzLz [ at 6 bar, h2 = 670-56 kJ/kg, L2 = 2,086-3 kJ/kg (from steam tables)].
i.e., 2,681-24 = 670-56 + X2 x 2086-3 *
- * „ 2,681 -24 - .67056 =
" 2,086-3
vi = vsi = 0-1944 m3/kg at 10 bar ( from steam tables).
vS2 = 0-3157 m3/kg at 6 bar ( from steam tables ).
V2 = X2 X Vs2 = 0-964 X 0-3157 = 0-3043 m3/kg at 6 bar.
Now, for mass flow continuity,
kg/sec.
v\ vz
Az va Vi
'A y ~ vi X Vz
Az 0-3043 90
= 0-3239
" Ay 0-1944 435
But A 1 = 12-56 cm2 (area at inlet )
Az = 0-3239 x 12-56 = 4-068 cm2 (area at exit )
8.5 Effect of Friction in a Nozzle
As stated earlier, the length of the converging part of the converging-diverging nozzle
is very small compared with that of divergent part. Thus, most of friction in the
converging-diverging nozzle occurs in the divergent part, i.e., between the throat and the
exit. The effect of friction is to reduce the available enthalpy drop for conversion into
kinetic energy by about 10 to 15 per cent. The equation for the velocity is then written
Steam Nozzles 217
V - 44-72 V7(H m per sec.
where k is the coefficient which allows for friction loss,
. _ Actual or useful enthalpy drop
' ’’ * Isentropic enthalpy drop
It is sometimes termed as nozzle efficiency.
Or, if the initial velocity of the steam entering the nozzle can be neglected compared
with the final velocity, the nozzle efficiency can also be expressed as
____________________________ V 2 ____________________________
2,000 x (Isentropic enthalpy drop, H)
The kinetic energy lost in friction is transformed into heat which tends to dry or
superheat the steam. Thus, it (friction) will affect the final condition of the steam issuing
from the nozzle. Its effect can be represented on the H - $ diagram.
Referring to fig. 8-9, let point A represent the initial condition of steam and expansion
takes place from pressure p i to p2. Vertical line AB represents isentropic expansion. The
AC
total enthalpy drop AB is reduced by friction to AC such that — = k.
From the known value of k, point C on the diagram can be obtained. But the
expansion must end on the same pres-
sure line p2. Hence CD is drawn horizon-
tally to meet p2 pressure line at D.
Then the point D represents the final
condition of steam after expansion. It
may be noted that dryness fraction at
D is greater than that at B. Thus, the
effect of friction has been partly to dry
the steam.
Entropy *■
Fig. 8-9 The effect of friction in a nozzle.
Similar effect is produced if the initial condition of steam is superheated as represented
by point E and expansion takes place wholly or partly in the superheated region. It will
be noted that the effect of friction is to further superheat the steam at the end of
expansion. The actual expansion is represented by the dotted line EH and the resulting
(actual) enthalpy drop is the distance EG.
It thus follows that the effect of friction in the nozzle is to reduce the velocity of the
steam and to increase its final dryness fraction or degree of superheat.
Problem - 10 : Steam is supplied at a dryness fraction of 0.97 and 11 bar pressure
to a convergent-divergent nozzle and expands down to a back pressure o f 0.3 bar. The
throat area of the nozzle is 5 err? and 12 per cent of the total enthalpy drop is lost in
the divergent part. Determine : (a) steam flow in kg per sec. and (b) the nozzle outlet
area.
218 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Let suffixes, 1, 2 and 3 represent conditions at entry, throat and exit of the nozzle.
As the steam is wet initially, critical or throat pressure,
Pz = 0-582 X p^ = 0-582 x 11 = 6-4 bar.
From steam tables:
p U vt h L H 4>.
bar *C m3lkg kJ/kg kJ/kg kJ/kg kJ/kg K kJ/kg K
11 - 0-17753 781-34 2,000-4 2,781-7 2-1792 6-5536
6-4 - 0-297 681-6 2,078 2,759-6 1.9566 6.7383
0-3 - 5-229 289-23 2,336-1 2,625-3 0-9439 7-7686
(a) For throat :
<E>1 - 4>2
$*1 + X1 (4>s1 - <!>**) - 0 * 2 + X2 (&s2 - 4>*v2)
i.e., 2-1792 + 0-97 (6-5536 - 2-1792) = 1-9566 +X2 (6-7383 - 1-9566)
/. 2-1792 + 4-2432 = 1-9566 + 4-7817 x X2
.-. X2 (dryness fraction at throat ) = 0-934
Enthalpy, H i = h i + X 1L 1 =781-34 + 0-97 x 2,000-4 = 2,722-09 kJ/kg
Enthalpy, H2 = te + X2 L2 = 681-6 + 0-934 x 2,078 = 2,622-45 kJ/kg.
Enthalpy drop from inlet to throat, Ht = H i - H2 = 2,722-09 - 2,622-45 = 99-64 kJ/kg.
Velocity at throat, V2 = 44-72 yfFft = 44-72 V99-64 = 446-3 m/sec.
Specific volume at throat, V2 = X2 x Vs2 = 0-934 x 0-297 = 0-2774 m3/kg.
For mass continuity, m - - 5 x 446 3 _ 0 8044 kg/sec.
V2 104 x 0-2774
(b) For exit :
<I>1 = $3
<f>viA + X\ (<t>si - 4>mi) = 4>w3 + X3(<I>s3 -
i.e., 2-1792 + 0-97 (6-5536 - 2-1792 ) = 0-9439 +X 3 (7-7686 - 0-9439)
.-. 2-1792 + 4-2432 = 0-9439 + 6-8247 x x3
« X3 = 6-4224 - 0-9439 _ q.8028 (dryness fraction at exit)
** 6-8247 x 1
Enthalpy, H i = 2,722-09 kJ/kg.
Enthalpy, H3 = h3 + X3 L3 = 289-23+ 0-8028 x 2,336-1 = 2,164-23 kJ/kg
Enthalpy drop from inlet to exit.
He = H i - H3 = 2,722-09 - 2,164-23 = 557-86 kJ/kg.
Enthalpy drop after considering friction in the divergent part
- 0-88 x 557-86 = 490-92 kJ/kg.
Velocity at exit, V3 = 44-72 V490-92= 990m/sec.
Specific volume at exit, vs - X3 x Vs3 = 0-8028 x 5-229 m3.kg
_ A3V3
For mass continuity, m ^ —
Steam Nozzles 219
A
o
-C V2 = 44-72 VJTt
& = 44-72 VT40 = 529 m/sec.
%
For mass continuity,
i A2 V2
m = -------
vz
Az x 529
<*> i.e., 14 = ---------------- 7
Entropy 0-173 x 104
Fig. 8 10. H - qpdiagram.
220 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Now' 2 * 1 .000— - H
where V1 = velocity of steam at inlet,
V2 = velocity of steam at throat, and
H = enthalpy drop from entry to throat.
(V z')2 - ( 120)2 o.
i e- 2 x 1,000 - 1153 •• > ■ 2'45’° ° °
.-. V2 ' « 495 m/sec. (Velocity of steam at exit)
Since there is no increase in specific volume, the discharge is directly proportional
to velocity.
. .. . Vz' - Vz 495 - 480*0 _
Increase in discharge ----- —------ x 100 ------ 7— -r— x = 3*13%.
Vz 480* 0
p U vt h L H «>s
(i) Let suffixes 1 and 2 represent the initial and final conditions respectively.
From steam tables, steam enthalpy, H i = 2769-1 + 2-3 (210 - 170-43) = 2,860 kJ/kg.
^ _ 0 -2 3 3 ( M - 1 9 4 0 ) _ 0 -2 3 3 (2 ,8 6 0 - 1940) = Q2? ^
pi 800 |
From given equation p /v r 1-3 = P2V2 13
1 1
\ 1* 3 8\ ^ a
- 0-27 —j = 0-7843 m /kg (specific volume at exit).
210 + 273
i.e., 6-6628 + 2-3 “ 15301 + ^ < 71271 ~ 15301)
6-6628 + 2-3 x 0-0855 - 1-5301 + Xu x 5-597
6-8595 - 1-5301
X2 -------- 5 I5 9 7 --------“ 0-952 (dryness fraction at exit)
V,m
(8.14)
Then, M + Ms = M f l +
104 m ( i +
1 Mwl 1 \/3 b x 4 *
••• 3 6 --------- 995 4 and* - V — — ...(8 .1 5 )
Let aa = area of throat of A in cm ,
da = diameter of throat of A in cm, and
vs = volume of wet steam after expansion in the nozzle A in m /kg,
Steam Nozzles 227
then, Ms -
10 v,
104 M x Vs . , \/B a x 4 , „ .„ x
. aa = rr~ and da = V — .... (8.16)
M W x Vs 31
The heat balance per kilogram o f steam may be determined as follows :
Let Hs = enthalpy per kilogram of steam entering the .injector,
hw = enthalpy per kilogram of water supplied to injector,
hm = enthalpy per kilogram of water leaving at B.
Then,
Heat supplied + Heat supplied ± Kinetic energy
in steam in w ater. of water at A’
Mw Vw2 (M w + 1) ?
i.e., 1 x Hs + Mw hw ± g qqq (Mw + 1 )hm + —2 0 0 0 — m ••• ( 8 .1 7 )
according to whether, the water supplylevel isbelow the injector level.
From this equation the temperature of the mixture may be found by taking hm equal
to temperature of mixture multiplied by specific heat of water, i.e., 4-187 kJ/kg K.
Problem - 15 : An injector is required to deliver 100 kg o f water per minute from
a tank whose constant water level is 1-2 metres below the level o f the injector, into a
boiler in which the steam pressure is 14 bar. The water level in the boiler is 1-5 metres
above the level o f the injector. The steam for the injector is to be taken from the same
boiler and it is assumed as dry saturated. The temperature o f the water in the supply
tank is 1S°C. Find : (a) the mass o f water taken from the supply tank per kg o f steam,
(b) the diameter of the throat o f the mixing nozzle (c) the diameter o f the throat o f steam
nozzle, and (d) the temperature o f water leaving the injector. Neglect the radiation losses.
(a) Referring to fig. 8-12, throat pressure, p i = 0-578 x 14 = 8-08 bar.
A M 4 bar, Hs = 2 ,7 9 0 kJ/kg and 4>s = 6-4693 (from steam tables)
At 8-08 bar, (by arithmetical interpolation),
0*1 - 2 -0 5 , Osi = 6-66, hi = 7 2 3 kJ/kg.
Li = 2,047 kJ/kg, vsi = 0-237 m3/kg (from steam tables).
4>s = Owl + Xi (Osl — ^w l)
6-4693 = 2-05 + xi (6- 6 6 - 2- 0 5 ) xi 0- 9 6
H i = /Ji + X\ L\ = 7 2 3 + 0-96 x 2 ,0 4 7 = 2 ,6 8 8 kJ/kg
.-. Vs = 44-72 V2,7 9 0 - 2 ,6 8 8 = 44-72 VT02 = 4 5 2 rrVsec. (velocity of steam)
Now, Vw = V2g L1
- V2 x 9-81 x 1-2
- V23-55 = 4-85 m/sec. (velocity of water entering injector)
Using eqn. ( 8.14 ), velocity of mixture leaving nozzle,
Vm
955 1,000 1,000
•6
228 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
in 4 M „ 104 x x 0- 228
10 M x VS 60 - __ 2
aa = —q t j —■ ------— — m 1-22 cnrr
Mw x Vs 6- 88 x 452
(viii) The pressure of steam at which the area of the nozzle is minimum and the discharge per unit area
is maximum is termed as ______ .
(ix) A nozzle which first converges to throat and then diverges is termed as _____ nozzle.
(x) The flow of steam in the convergent portion of the nozzle is ______ .
(xi) Friction reduces the enthalpy drop in a steam nozzle by ______ per cent.
(xii) Friction is of ______ magnitude between entry and throat as most of the friction occurs between the
throat and exit of the nozzle.
(xiii) The supersaturated flow is also called th e flow.
(xiv) A steam injector utilises the kinetic energy of steam jet for ______ the pressure and velocity of
corresponding quantity of water.
(xv) Steam injectors are frequently used for forcing th e into steam boilers under pressure.
I (i) entropy, (ii) throat, (iii) maximum, critical, (iv) enthal-
py drop, (v) critical pressure, (vi) 1-3, (vii) f ^ j n - 1.
(viii) critical pressure, (ix) convergent-divergent nozzle,
(x) subsonic, (xi) 4 to 15, (xii) negligible, (xiii)metas-
table, (xiv) increasing, (xv) feed water ]
3 Indicate the correct answer by selecting correct phrases from each of the following :
(i) The value of index n for isentropicexpansion of superheated steam through the nozzle is
(a) 1-4, (b) 1-3, (c) 1-135, (d) 1-113
(ii) Critical pressure ratio — for steam nozzle in terms of index n for isentropic expansion isgiven by :
Pi
- (^ r “> ( ^ r ■ w f
(iii) For a convergent-divergent nozzle, the mass flow rate remains constant, if the ratio of exit pressure
and inlet pressure is
(a) more than critical pressure ratio, (b) less than critical pressure ratio, (c) unity, (d) infinity.
(iv) For a convergent-divergent nozzle, critical pressure ratio occurs when
(a) nozzle efficiency is maximum,
(b) friction is zero,
(c) decrease in ratio of exit pressure and inlet pressure does not increasesteamflowrate.
(v) The kinetic energy lost in friction is transformed into heat which tends to
(a) dry or superheat the steam,
(b) cool or condense the steam,
(c) increase the pressure of the steam,
(d) decrease the specific volume of steam.
(vi) The velocity of steam in the divergent portion of a convergent-divergent nozzle is
(a) subsonic, (b) sonic, (c) supersonic.
(vii) Semi-cone angle of the divergent part of the convergent-divergent steam nozzle is of the order of
(a) 3* to 10*, (b) 13* to 20*, (c) 23* to 30‘, (d) 33* to 40*.
230 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
[ (i) b, (ii) a, (iii) b, (iv) c, (v) a, (vi) 'c, (vii) a ]
4 What is the function of a steam nozzle ? Mention the types of nozzles, you know.
Steam flows through a properly designed nozzle and the pressure drops from 12 bar to 0-15 bar.
Assuming frictionless adiabatic flow, calculate the dryness fraction and velocity of steam as it leaves the
nozzle, when the steam at the higher pressure is (a) dry saturated, and (b) superheated by 60*0.
[ (a) 0-7952 dry, 1,159 m/sec; (b) 0.834 dry, 1,197-5
m/sec. ]
5 What do you understand by the term critical pressure as applied to steam nozzles ?
Dry saturated steam at pressure of 700 kPa is expanded in a convergent-divergent nozzle to 100 kPa.
The mass of steam passing through the nozzle is 270 kg per hour. Assuming the flow to be frictionless
adiabatic, determine the throat and exit diameters .[ 0-966 cm; 1-332 cm ]
6 Dry saturated steam at a pressure of 12 bar is supplied to a convergent-divergent nozzle and is delivered
at a pressure of 0-15 bar. Determine the diameters at the throat and exit of the nozzle if the delivery of
steam is 18 kg per minute. Assume frictionless adiabatic flow. [ 1-486 cm; 5-125 cm ]
7 Calculatethe diameters at the throat and exit of a nozzle which is to discharge 150 kg of steam per hour.
The steam supply to the nozzle is dry saturated at a pressure of 5 bar and the pressure at exit is 0-6
bar. Assume index of expansion for steam as 1-135. Neglect effect of friction
[ 0-849 cm; 1-24 cm ]
8 Explain the term “critical pressure" as applied to steam nozzles. Why are the turbine nozzles made diver*
gent after the throat ?
Steam is supplied at a dryness fraction of 0-95 and pressure of 14 bar to a convergent-divergent nozzle
and expands down to a back pressure of 0-4 bar. The outlet area of Ihe nozzle is 10 cm2. Assuming
frictionless adiabtic flow through the nozzle, determine :
(a) the steam flow in kg per hour, and
(b) the diameter of the nozzle at throat. [ (a) 1,196.3 kg; (b) 1-458 cm ]
9 A convergent-divergent nozzle is required to discharge 300 kg of steam per hour. The nozzle is supplied
with steam at a pressure of 10 bar and 90 per cent dry and discharges against a back pressure of 0-3
bar. Assuming frictionless adiabtic flow, determine the throat and exit diameters.
[ 0- 842 cm; 2- 047 cm ]
10. Steam is supplied at a dryness fraction of 0.97 and 10 bar to a convengent-divergent nozzle and expands
down to a back pressure of 0.3 bar. The throat area is 5 cm . Assuming frictionless diabetic flow, determine:
(a) The steam flow in kg. per minute, and
(b) The nozzle outlet area. [ (a) 43.37 kg.; (b) 29.28 cm2 ]
11 A nozzle is required to discharge 8 kg of steam per minute. The nozzle is supplied with steam at 11 bar
and 200°C and discharges against a back pressure of 0-7 bar. Assuming frictionless adiabtic flow, determine:
(a) the throat area, (b) the exit velocity and (c) the exit area. Take Kp of superheated steam as 2-1 kJ/kgK.
[ (a) 0-848 cm2; (b) 963-6 m/sec; (c)2-875 cm2 ]
12 Steam expands from 13 bar and 10°C superheat to 1-4 bar in a convergent-divergent nozzle. The mass
of steam passing through the nozzle is 1,800 kg per hour. Assuming the flow to be frictionless adiabatic,
determine the condition of steam and the diameters of the nozzle at Ihe throat and exit. Assume that for
maximum discharge the throat pressure is 7 bar. Take kp of superheated steam as 2-1 kJ/kg K.
[ (a) 0-964 dry, 1-854 cm; 0-879 dry, 2-802 cm ]
13 Show that 1he maximum discharge of steam per unit area, through a nozzle, takes place, when the ra-
tio of the steam pressure at the throat to the inlet steam pressure is
(a ) (b ) C«>
Fig. 9-2.
An impulse turbine depends almost wholly for its operation on the impulsive force of
high velocity steam jet or jets. The high velocity steam jets are obtained by expansion
of the steam in the stationary nozzles only, and the steam then passes at high velocity
through the moving blades with no drop in pressure but a gradual reduction in velocity.
In short, in purely impulse turbines the rotary motion of the shaft is obtained by having
high velocity jets of steam directed against the blades attached to the rim of the turbine
wheel or rotor. Fig. 9-2(a) illustrates diagrammatic view of a simple impulse turbine. Fig.
9 -2 (b) shows the arrangement of blades on the rotor and diaphragm carrying convergent-
divergent nozzle. The nozzle axis is inclined at a fixed angle to the tangent of the rotor
wheel.
A pure reaction turbine [fig. 9-2(c)] is one in which the drop of pressure with expansion
and generation of kinetic energy takes place in the moving blades. The steam jets leave
the moving blades at greater velocities than those at which they enter these blades. The
jets of steam from the moving blades react on the blades and turn them round.
The passages through the moving blades are made convergent so that the steam
expands while passing through them, which causes the steam to leave the blades at
higher velocity than that at which it entered. The backward motion of the blades is similar
to the recoil of a gun when fired. A pure reaction turbine is of little practical importance.
In modem reaction turbines both the impulse and reaction principles work together.
The pressure drop is effected partly in the fixed guide blades which are designed to work
as nozzles and partly- in the moving blades which are also so designed that expansion
of the steam takes place in them. The high velocity issuing jet from the fixed guide
blades, produces an impulse on the moving blades and the jet coming out at still higher
velocity from the moving blades produces a reaction. Therefore, part of the work is due
to impulse and the remainder due to the reaction. However, these turbines work more
on reaction principle than on impulse. These turbines are generally called reaction turbines
but the more correct term should be impulse-reaction turbines. A very good example of
reaction turbine is a Parsons turbine. In a reaction turbine, the stationary blades and the
moving blades are virtually convergent nozzles so that the steam passing through them
suffers a fall in pressure.
The circumferential speed of the moving blades is kept the same as the velocity of
the steam that enters the blades. This ensures that the steam will flow into the blades
without striking them.
Steam turbines may further he classified according to their position of shaft, nature of steam
supply, direction of steam flow, construction and arrangement of blades and wheels, and number
of stages in expansion. Thus, steam turbines may be further classified (i) according to the
position of shaft axis, they are horizontal or vertical, (ii) according to their nature of steam supply
and use to which steam is put, they are high-pressure or low-pressure, and bleeder-or extraction,
(iii) according to the direction of steam flow, they are axial, radial, tangential, single-flow or
double-flow, (iv) according to their construction and arrangement of blades and wheels, they
are pressure compounded or velocity compounded, and (v) according to number of stages, they
are single-stage, two-stage, etc.
As an example of the use of these classifications, we might describe a particular
turbine as a horizontal, high-pressure, axial flow, reaction, two-stage, condensing turbine.
236 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
9.3 Impulse-Steam Turbine
It has been already pointed out that the essential parts of an impulse turbine are the
nozzles and blades. In nozzle the expansive property of the steam is utilized to produce
a jet of steam moving with very high velocity. The function of the blades is to change
the direction and hence momentum of the jet or jets of steam and so to produce a force
which will rotate the blades. It is a matter of prime importance that we should be able
to estimate th ^ propelling force that would be applied to a turbine rotor under any given
set of conditions. This will also help to estimate the work done and hence the power.
Since the force is due to a change of momentum caused mainly by the change in the
direction of flow, it becomes essential to draw velocity diagram showing how the velocity
of the steam varies during its passage through the blades.
9.3.1 V elocity diagram fo r m oving blades : Fig. 9-3(a) shows the nozzle and blades
either of single-stage impulse turbine or of one stage of a multi-stage turbine. Steam
enters the nozzle at pressure p0 and issues from nozzle at pressure p i. The velocity of
the steam at the nozzle exit is V i and it is at an angle a i to the tangent of the wheel
at the entrance to the moving blades. The tangential component of entering steam Vwi
o u t l et
TRtAMGLE
m
Fig. 9-3. Velocity diagram.
commonly known as velocity o f whirl, does work on the blades. The axial component
Vai of the entering steam jet does not work on the blades because it is perpendicular
to the direction of the motion of the blades. This component is also known as the velocity
of the flow or axial velocity, and it is responsible for the flow of steam through the
turbine. Change of velocity in this component causes an axial thrust on the rotor.
As the blade is moving with a tangential velocity u m/sec., the entering jet will have
relative velocity of the blades of \Zri which makes an angle of Pi to the wheel tangent.
This relative velocity may be obtained by subtracting the vector of blade velocity (Jj from
velocity of steam (Vi) i.e. = V{ - u. This is shown in fig. 9-3 (b) for velocity triangle
at inlet. In order to avoid shock at entry, vector I'm must be tangential to the blade tip
at entry, i.e. Pi must be equal to the angle of blade at entrance.
A similar vector diagram is shown at the outlet tip of the moving blade. The steam
glides off the blade with a relative velocity of Vfe inclined at an angle p2 to the tangent;
by adding the vector of blade velocity (d) to W2, the absolute velocity of the leaving
Steam Turbines 237
steam (V2) is obtained. Its inclination is a2 to the tangent. Having obtained the vector
V2 its tangential component or velocity
of whirl V*2 and also its axial component
or velocity of flow Va2 can be drawn.
This completes velocity diagram at exit.
For convenience in solving problems
on turbine blades, it is usual to combine
the two velocity diagrams of fig. 9-3(b)
on a common base representing the
blade velocity u. This has been done
in fig. 9-4, which shows the complete
velocity diagram. This is obtained by
turning the inlet diagram through 180°,
and by superimposing it on the outlet
diagram so that vector u coincides for
both diagrams.
Fig. 9-4. Combined velocity diagram.
In an impulse turbine the relative
velocity at inlet Vri has the same magnitude as the relative velocity at outlet Vfe if friction
is neglected. This is so as there is no fall in steam pressure as it flows over the blades
i.e. Vri = Vr2. The length of the vector Vfc may be obtained by drawing a circular arc
of radius Vri and centred at B.
It will be noticed that the horizontal distance between the apexes of the inlet and
outlet diagrams represented by the distance EF, is the vector difference of Vwi and Vw2 ,
Or change o f velocity of whirl
= Vwi ± Vw2 = EF
9.3.2 Forces on the blade and work done : Since Vi(AC) is the initial absolute
velocity and V2 (AD) is the final absolute velocity of the steam, the change of velocity
which the steam undergoes in passing through the blades is represented by the vector
CD (when the apexes of inlet and outlet triangles are joined) = vector (V2 - Vi) of fig.
9-4.
In general the vector ( V2 - Vi) will not be parallel to u, so that only the tangential
component Vw will do useful work; whilst the normal component (Vai - Va2) produces
an end thrust on the rotor.
Let m = steam flow through blades in kg per sec.
From Newton’s second law of motion,
Tangential force on wheel = mass x acceleration in tangential direction
change of velocity
= mass x a—------------J-
time
= mass per sec x change of velocity
= m (V w1 - V*z) N ...(9 .1 )
It should be noticed from fig. 9-4 that VW2 is actually negative as the steam is
discharged in the opposite direction to the blade motion. This means that the values of
Vwi and VW2 are added together in eqn. (9.1). Thus writing eqn. (9.1) in a more general
way,
Tangential force on wheel « m (V w1 ± Vwz) N . . . (9.2)
+ ve sign is to be used when VW2 and u are in opposite direction as shown in fig.
238 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
9.4 and < ve sign is to be used when VW and u are in same direction as shown in
fig. 9-9.
Work done on blade = force x distance travelled.
- m (V wi ± Vw2) x u N.m/sec. or Joules/sec. . . . (9.3)
This power is termed as the rim power to distinguish it from the actual power
transmitted to the shaft.
Blade efficiency : Since available energy of the steam entering the blade is,
■
Work done on the blades
the efficiency of the blade alone, r\b
Energy supplied to the blades
m x (VWi ± V W )u
1 ,0 0 0 2 l #( VWi ± VW) ...(9 .5 )
m (V i )2 (Vi ) 2
2,000
The blade efficiency is also called diagram efficiency as this is obtained with the help
of velocity diagrams.
Stage efficiency : If H i and H2 be the enthalpies before and after expansion through
the nozzle, then (Hi - Hz) is the enthalpy drop (H) in kJ/kg through a stage of fixed
blade rings and moving blade rings.
. Work done on blade per kg of steam
age icie cy, rjs = jo ta i energy supplied per stage per kg of steam
u (Vyvl # VW)
1,000 u(Vw 1 + VW) • • • (9.6)
(Hi - Hz) 1,000 H
- m t o o o - m ^ 5 5 o k J /s e c - • • • <a 8 >
9.3.3 Effect o f blade fric tio n on velocity diagram : In an impulse turbine the relative
(v n l (^ 2) 2
m 2,OQp ~ 2000 _ ( V\ ) 2 - (Vz)2 _ (\ZQ2 - (\^ s in a i)2
( V i) 2 * W )2 “ (Vy)2
2,000
- 1 - sin2 a i - cos2 a i • • • (9-11)
This is the maximum efficiency as o.z has been assumed to be 90°. Putting a i equal
to 20°, which is the value adopted in this turbine,
Maximum blade efficiency = cos2 20° = 0*883 or 88-3%.
This is the theoretical value of the blade efficiency, the actual efficiency is only about
55%.
Although the original machine was great success for mathematicians, it suffered from
many defects which made it compare unfavourably with reciprocating engines. The speed
o f this wheel is too high to be o f practical use. The chief development of modern turbines
has been to devise efficient methods to reduce this high speed; the methods used, such
as compounding for velocity and pressure, will be dealt with later in this chapter.
Problem -2 : The rotor o f an impulse turbine is 60 cm diameter and runs at 9,600
r.p.m. The nozzles are at 20° to the plane, o f the wheel, and the steam leaves them at
600 m/sec. The blades outlet angle are 30° and the friction factor is 0-8. Calculate the
power developed per kg o f steam per second and the diagram efficiency.
The velocity diagram may now be constructed to some convenient scale as shown
in fig. 9-9. A graphical solution is to be preferred, although calculation is equally possible.
The inlet triangle ABC is readily constructed consisting of u = 301-5 m/sec,
a i - 20° and Vi = 600 rrVec.
Hence from velocity diagram, Vri = 332 m/sec.
Since friction factor is 0-8, Ife « 0-8 ■ l | | - 0-8 x 332 = 265-6 m/sec.
The exit triangle ABD can now be completed by drawing V& = 265-6 m/sec at 30°
to u at B.
Hence from velocity diagram, Vwi - Vw2 = 497-32 m/sec.
From eqn. (9.4),
Power developed - kW
. 2 s m m **s m . ^ or ^
(600)
Problem -3 ; An impulse turbine with a single row wheel is to develop 99-3 kW, the
blade speed being 150 m/sec.
A mass o f 2 kg o f steam per
second is to flow from the noz-
zles at a speed o f 350 m/sec.
The velocity coefficient o f the
blades may be assumed to be
0-8 while the steam is to flow
axially after passing through the
blades ring. Determine the noz-
zle angle, and the blade angles
at inlet and exit assuming no
shock. E stim a te a lso the
diagram efficiency o f the blad-
ing.
It is best to sketch the
complete velocity diagram,
using the available data, before
attempting solution. As the
Fig. 9*10. Velocity diagram.
steam flows axially at exit, i.e.,
at right angle to the plane of the wheel, then angle BAD is 90° (fig. 9-10). It may be
noted that the triangles cannot yet be constructed. The magnitude of Vwi ± Vwz can be
calculated from eqn. (9.4).
2 (Vw\ ± 1^)150
i.e. 99-3 =
1,000
VvA ± VW = 331 m/sec.
As the flow at exit is axial, Vw2 = 0 VWi = 331 m/sec.
The inlet triangle ABC can be constructed to some convenient scale using
V] = 350 m/sec., u = 150 m/sec, and Vwi = ‘ 331 m/sec.
Hence from the inlet triangle ABC, Vri = 213 m/sec., required nozzle angle,
a i = 18-7°, and required inlet blade angle, Pi = 31*75*.
V/2 = 0-8 Vn = 0-8 x 213 - 170-4 m/sec.
Now, exit triangle ABD can be completed.
Hence, from the diagram, required exit blade angle, 02 - 28-3*.
Using eqn. (9.5),
2 u ( VWi + Vv/z)
Diagram efficiency, r\b =
( Y if
2 x 150.x 331
- 0-81 or 81%
(350)2
Problem -4 : The steam leaves the nozzle o f a single-stage impulse wheel turbine
at 900 m/sec. The nozzle angle is 20°, the blade angles are 30° at inlet and outlet, and
friction factor is 0-8.
Calculate : (a) the blade velocjfy, and (b) the steam flow in kg per hour if the power
developed by the turbine is 257'kW.
(a) The velocity inlet triangle may be drawn as shown in fig. 9-11 by making u to
any suitable length, say 3
cm, and setting up the given
angles. The Jength of Vi can
then be measured and the
scale of the diagram found,
since Vi = 900 m/sec.
Hence, blade velocity, u =
312 m/sec.
(b) From the inlet triangle
ABC, Vri = 625 m/sec.
.-. V& - 0-8 Vri
= 0-8 x 625
= 500 m/sec.
Now the exit triangle
ABD can be completed by
drawing V& = 500 m/sec. at
Fig. 9-11. Velocity diagram
%
30° to u at B.
Hence, VVi + Vw2 = 966-7 m/sec. (from velocity diagram).
m ( Vw] + l/wg) u
Using eqn. (9.4), power developed in kW =
1,000
Steam Turbines 245
m x 966-7 x 312 257 x 1,000
i.e. 257 m = 0-852 kg/sec.
1,000 966-7 x 312
Steam flow per hour = 0-852 x 3,600 = 3,067-2 kg/hr.
Problem -5 : The outlet area o f the nozzles in a simple impulse turbine is 15-5 err?
and the steam leaves them 0-91 dry at 1-4 bar and at 920 m/sec. The blade angles are
30° at inlet and exit, and the blade velocity is 0-25 of the steam velocity at the exit from
the nozzle. The friction factor is 0-8. Find : (a) the nozzle angle, (b) the power developed,
(c) the diagram efficiency, and (d) the axial thrust on the blading.
The velocity triangles may be constructed as shown in fig. 9-12 to some convenient
scale.
(a) In the velocity diagram (fig. 9-12), u = 0-25 x 920 = 230 m/sec. may be drawn.
At B, the inlet blade angle of 30° is drawn. With A as centre and radius equal to 920
rrVsec., an arc is drawn to cut the line (drawn at 30°) at C. The inlet triangle ABC can
now be completed. Hence, from the velocity inlet triangle ABC, the required nozzle angle,
a i = 23° and Vri = 7 1 5 m/sec.
.-. V/2 = 0-8 Va = 0-8 x 715 = 572 m/sec.
The exit triangle ABD can be completed by drawing Ife = 572 m/sec. at 30° to u
at B.
Hence, from velocity diagram, Vwi + VW = 1,113 m./sec., Vai = 359 m/sec., and
Va2 = 286 m/sec.
At 1-4 bar, from steam tables,vs = 1-2366 m /kg.
^ „ .. . . . . AV 15-5 x 920
Steam flow through blades, m = — = —A - ------------------------- = 1-267 kg/sec.
W* 104 x 0-91 x 1-2366
(b) From eqn. (9.4), Power developed
m(Vw\ + Vw2)jj kW ^ 1-267 x 1/113 x 230 = 324 kW
1,000 1,000
(c) From eqn. (9.5),
2 u(Vw\ + Vwz)
Diagram efficiency, r\b =
(V/1)2
246 Elements of Heat Engines Vol.
2 x 230 x 1,113
Vb - 0-605 or 60-5%
x2
(920)'
(d) From eqn. (9.7),
Axial thrust on the blading = m (V a1 - Va2) - 1-267(359 - 286) = 925 N
Problem -6 : -A single stage impulse rotor has a blade ring diameter o f 57-5 cm and
rotates at a speed o f 10,000 r.p.m. The nozzles are inclined at 20* to the direction of
motion o f the blades and the velocity o f the issuing steam is 1,050 m/sec. Determine
the inlet blade angle in order that the steam shall enter the blades passage without
shdck. Assume a friction coefficient o f the blading equal to 0-85 and that the inlet and
outlet angles are equal. Find also : (a) the power developed at the blades for a steam
supply o f 1,350 kg per hour, (b) the diagram efficiency, and (c) the loss o f kinetic energy
due to blade friction.
. \
*D N n . S7-5 x W O . „ nVSec_
Blade speed, u =
60 100 " 60
The inlet triangle ABC (fig. 9-13), may now be constructed to some convenient scale
and the following results are obtained :
Relative velocity at entrance, Vri = 775 m/sec.
Tangential component at inlet, Vwi = 986 m/sec. and inlet blade angle Pi - 27-6°
Also the blade outlet angle, 02 - Pi = 27-6°
Since Vr2 = 0-85 Vr1 V/2 = 0-85 x 775 = 658 m/sec.
The exit triangle ABD can now be completed by drawing Ife = 658 m/sec. at 27-6°
to u at B.
Hence, from velocity diagram, Vw2 = 284 m/sec. and \ZW1 + Vw2 = 1,270 m/sec.
(a) From eqn. (9.4),
m (Vwi + Vwz)u
Power developed =
1,000 kw
1,350 x 1,270 x 300
= 142 8 kW
3,600 x 1,000
Steam Turbines 247
(b) From eqn. (9.5),
rv w • 2 l/ ( W l + Vvi/2:)
Diagram efficiency, r\b = — y 2—
2 x 300 x 1,270 M
= ---------------- r-5----- m 0-692 or 69*2%
(1,050)
(c) From eqn. (9.8),
in *•*
Jnmovinq blades
v«i«city
0f 5 t l
Icavlny
Pr«jjur*
o f steam
C nttrinj
Pressure
o f steam,
enterifljj
Veiot
o f steam
entering V«l o£i ty*-*J| ^' Condenser
o r^ e ^ fg j^ lS f^ L S l pressure
Moving
bltdrj
Exhaust
4 team
Livesteom Live stea m (caWns
entering cnteritg Stationary
blade
Shaft
Fig. 9-14. Diagrammatic arrangement of simple impulse Fig. 9-15. Two • stage velocity-com pounded
turbine showing variation of velocity and pressure of impulse turbine.
steam as it flows over the blades.
leaves the wheel and enters the condenser. It may be noted that a two-row wheel is
more efficient than the three-row wheel.
In fig. 9-15 (top portion), the curves of velocity and pressure are shown plotted on
a base representing the axis of
the turbine. It will be noticed
from the pressure curve that all
the pressure drop takes place
in the nozzle ring, and the pres-
sure remains constant as the
steam flows over the blades.
This method of velocity stag-
ing is known as Curtis principle.
9.3.7 Ef ficiency of a
velocity-compounded stage :
The complete velocity diagram
(fig. 9-16) for a stage consisting
of a two moving blades and one
fixed blade ring will consists of
two diagrams, one for each set
Fig. 9-16. Velocity diagram.
Steam Turbines 249
of moving blades. Let us assume that the blading is symmetrical (01 = p2) and steam
loses 10% of its velocity when passing over a blade and also blade velocity (u), nozzle
angle* (a i), velocity of steam discharged from nozzle (Vi) are known.
Let AC represent Vi, the velocity of the steam leaving the nozzles and entering the
first row of moving blades. The inlet diagram is first drawn and then line BD of an
unknown length is drawn at the correct angle 02- Mark off on line BC a friction loss of
relative velocity CC\ Then BC’ equals 0-9 BC = 0-9 tfeu With compass centred on B,
draw an arc of radius BC‘ to cut BD at D. Then BD = Ife = 0-9 BC. By joining A and
D the line AD representing Vz is obtained.
The steam now flows over the fixed blade ring and will lose 10% of its velocity during
the passage. Hence mark off DD’ to be 0-1 of the absolute velocity V*.* Thus steam
enters the second set of moving blades with absolute velocity AE (shown dotted) at an
angle a i T h e steam now flows over the second moving blades and loses 10% of its
relative velocity. Hence, the relative velocity of steam at entry to second set of moving
blades is BE' = 0-9 BE at an inlet angle p i, i.e. same angle as that for the first set of
moving blades. The relative velocity of steam at exit from second set of moving blades
is BF m 0*9 BE = BE' at blade exit angle 02- The absolute velocity of steam at exit
from the second gioving blades is AF (shown dotted) at an angle a 2
It should be noted that
02 = angle of discharge from first moving blade
= inlet angle of fixed blade,
a i = outlet angle of fixed blade, and
02 ' = angle of discharge from second moving blade.
Work done on first set of moving blades per kg of steam
= u (GH) = u(Vw\ ± Vw2) N.m or Joules
Work done on second set of moving blades per kg of steam
- u ( G ' H ') « u(V wi ' ± VvJZ) N.m or Joules
Total work done per stage per kg of steam = u(GH + G ' H ' ) N.m or Joules.
_ ...___ , . m x (GH + G ' H') u ....
Power developed per stage N ■. rvv. *— kW
I |UUU
where, m = steam flow through blade in kg per sec.
... . u(GH + G ' H') 2u ( G H + G ' H ' )
Diagram or blade efficiency —* = — -— -
Stage efficiency =
- w * 53 - 66 25 N
Velocity diagram for axial discharge : The efficiency of a stage of an impulse turbine
is a maximum when the final discharge of the steam is axial, i.e. when the angle of
discharge for the second moving blade, 0 2 ' - 90°.
In such a case the velocity diagram should be solved in the reverse direction to
obtain the blade angles.
Referring to fig. 9-19, draw the blade velocity AB(u) to any convenient length. This
gives the blade velocity to an unknown scale. Then triangle ABF’ is drawn with angle
B A F = 90° (axial discharge) and angle A B F = p2. This gives outlet diagram A B F for
the second row of moving blades to an unknown scale. Then working in reverse direction
we get the inlet diagram ABE for the second row of moving blades. Then outlet diagram
ABD for the first row o f moving blades is completed, and again working in the reverse
direction, the inlet velocity diagram ABC, for the first row of moving blades is obtained.
Then velocity of steam (Vi) discharged from the nozzle is measured. The construction
of velocity diagram is explained in the illustrative problem no.9.
As this velocity of the steam, Vi is known, the scale of the whole diagram can be
obtained. The blade velocity can be obtained by measuring the length AB. Also the blade
angles a i ' and 012 and the nozzle angle a i can be obtained from the velocity diagram.
Problem-9 : Steam is supplied to an impulse turbine at a pressure o f 12 bar and
superheated to 250°C. The pressure in the wheel chamber is 5 5 bar, and in the chamber
there are two rings o f moving blades separated by fixed blades. The tip o f the moving
blades are inclined 30° to the plane o f the motion. Assuming a 10 per cent friction loss
in the nozzle and also reduction o f 8 per cent in the velocity o f the steam relative to
the blade due to frictional resistance in passing through a blade ring, determine the speed
o f the blade, so that the final velocity o f discharge shall be axial. State what should be
the inclination o f the nozzle to the plane of motion o f the blades. Also find out the steam
consumption in kg per kW-hour, the diagram efficiency, and the stage efficiency.
Since the pressure drop in the nozzle is from 12 bar and 250°C to 5*5 bar, the total
enthalpy drop is 163-5 kJ/kg from H - O chart or Mollier diagram.
The velocity of steam leaving the nozzle,
Vi - 44-72 Vactual enthalpy drop
. 44-72 VO-9 x total enthalpy drop = 44-72 VO-9 x 163-5 - 542-5 m/sec.
The velocity diagram (fig. 9-19 on the next page) can now be drawn starting from
the final velocity of the steam on leaving the second ring of moving blades.
Referring to fig. 9-19, draw blade velocity u(AB) to any convenient length. Then draw
triangle ABF’ with angle BAF’ = 90° (axial discharge) and angle ABF’ = 0 2 * 30°. This
gives triangle ABF’ to an unknown scale.
t
Make B E ' - B E ' being drawn at 30° to AB, and join AE . Then, as F B is
8 per cent less than BE , the figure ABE F is the velocity diagram for the second ring
o f the moving blades drawn to an unknown scale yet to be determined.
716 9 W ***
2 6 0 .5 in /se * -
b la d e
f * t km
radius BC, cut B E ' produced at C. Join AC. Then the figure ABCD will be the velocity
diagram for the first ring of moving blades, and AC represents the velocity of steam
discharged from the nozzle. As the value of velocity of steam, Vi is calculated at the
beginning of the problem, the scale of the whole diagram can now be obtained by
measuring length AC which is found to be 17-7 cm.
Vi 542-5
.-. Scale of the velocity diagram, 1 cm - * ~yp? ” 3°'65 m/sec. v
Stage efficiency -
u[(Vrt + V«2 ) + (VWl ' * Vwz')]
1 ,0 0 0 x H
(where, H is enthalpy drop in the nozzle in kJ/kg)
122-6(716-9 + 260-5)
- 0-733 or 73-3%
1,000 x 163-5
9.3.8 Pressure-com pounded im pulse turbine : It is obvious that by arranging the
expansion ofthe steam in a number of steps, we could arrange a number of simple
impulse turbines inseries on the same shaft, allowing the exhaust steam from one turbine
to enter the nozzles of the succeeding (next) turbine. Each of the simple impulse turbine
would then be termed astage of the turbine, each stage containing a set of nozzles
and blades.This isequivalent to splitting up the whole pressure drop into a series of
smallerpressure drops; hence the term “Pressure compounding”.
The nozzles are usually fitted into partitions, termed
as diaphragms, which separate one wheel chamber
"7 l"\ {' ' wwA from the next. Expansion of steam takes place wholly
i\ aj m in the nozzles, the space between any two diaphragms
Aretxyr, being filled with steam at constant pressure. The
OfftMHc
mmiertof pressures on either side of any diaphragm are therefore
different. Hence, steam will tend to leak through the
space between the bore of the diaphragmand the
surface of the shaft. Special devices are fitted to
minimise these leakages.
The pressure compounding causes a smaller trans-
formation of heat energy into kinetic energy to take
place in each stage as compared to the simple impulse
turbine. Hence, steam velocities with pressure com-
pounding are much lower, with the result that blade
velocities and rotational speed may be lowered. It is
fairly clear that the speed may be reduced at will,
simply by increasing the number of stages, but for
very low speed the number of stages may become
excessive.
In the fig. 9-20, curves of velocity and pressure
are plotted on a base representing the axis of the
turbine. It will be noticed that the total pressure drop
Fig. 9-20 Pressure-compounded impulse of the steam does not take place in the first nozzle
ring, but is divided equally between the two nozzle
rings, and the pressure remains constant during the flow over the moving blades; hence
the turbine is an impulse turbine.
Pressure compounding produces the most efficient, although the most expensive
Steam Turbines 255
turbine; so in order to make a compromise between efficiency and first cost, it is customary
to combine velocity compounding and pressure compounding.
This type of turbine was developed by the late Professor A. Rateau of Paris and Dr.
Zoelly of Zurich.
Pressure - velocity compounded impulse turbine : Another type of impulse turbine is
the pressure - velocity compounded turbine. In this turbine both previous two methods
are utilized. Total pressure drop of the steam is divided into stages and the velocity in
each stage is also compounded.
In this turbine each stage has two or more rows of moving blades and one or more
rows of stationary blades, the moving and stationary blades being placed alternately. Each
stage is separated from the adjacent stage by a diaphragm containing nozzles. A ring
of nozzles is fitted at the commencement of each stage. It is thus compounded both for
pressure and velocity.
This method has the advantage of allowing a bigger pressure drop in each stage
and consequently less stages are necessary. Hence, a shorter or more compact turbine
will be obtained for a given pressure drop.
The pressure-velocity compounded turbine is comparatively simple in construction and
is more compact than the multi-stage pressure compounded impulse turbine. Unfortunately
its efficiency is not so high.
This method of pressure-velocity compounding is used in the Curtis turbine.
9.4. Reaction Steam Turbine
Though all turbines employ both the impulse and reaction principles to some extent,
L
OADM
fe
Vf
MOTM
CT
ONt
m
t.. between the third and fourth ex-
m *L"i *C1 pansions. The back of the dummy
piston on the left is under pressure
M O V IN G 6 L A D E S
conveyed by pipe (not shown)
from between sixth and seventh
EXMAUST expansions. The rotor is a steel
TfAK
fcAVIKG forging, and the dummy pistons
are solid with it.
Fig. 9-22 shows diagrammatic
arrangement of three-stage, axial-
flow, impulse - reaction turbine.
It also indicates roughly how the
blade height increases as the
specific volume of the steam in-
creases with reduction in pres-
sure; also how the pressure falls
gradually as the steam passes
. ,„ . . .. . ., through the groups of blades. It
Fig. 9-22. Three-stage axial-flow impulse-reaction turbine. ** ° r
Steam Turbines 257
will be observed from the diagram that there is a pressure drop across each row of
blades, fixed and moving. This is of considerable practical importance, specially at the
high pressure end of the turbine where the pressure drop is greatest, because this
difference of pressure tends to force some steam through the clearance space between
the moving blades and casing, and between the fixed blades and the rotor. The available
energy possessed by this leaking steam is partly lost.
The steam velocities in this type of turbine are comparatively moderate, the maximum
being according to. the theory, about equal to the blade velocity. In practice, the steam
velocity is commonly arranged to be greater than the blade velocity in order to reduce
somewhat the total number of blades rows. The leaving loss for this type of turbine is
normally about the same as for the multi-stage impulse turbine having single row wheels.
This type of turbine has been, and continues to be, very successful in practice.
9.4.1 V elocity diagram fo r Parson’s reaction turbine : In the reaction turbine, steam
expands continuously in the fixed guide blades and moving- blades. As its velocity and
volume increase, increased area between the blades is required. This is obtained by
■ 7
x y*5 = 0816 or 81-6% (efficiency of the pair)
1 ,uvju
9.4.2 Height of blades fo r reaction turbine : In a reaction turbine the area through which
steam flows will always be full of steam. Fig. 9*25 shows the end view of one.set of blades.
Let d = rotor drum diameter in metres,
h = height of blades in metres = kd
(where, k = design constant)
= 0 08 to 0-1 (usually 0*083)
then, A - area of flow
= n x mean diameter at the mean
circumference of blades x height
■ ji (d + h) h
m ji (d + kd) k d
= ji(1 + k )k (d )‘ 0)
Vf
Now, m = mass in kg/sec. =
XVS
where, Vf = velocity of flow in m/sec. and
vs = specific volume of steam entering the stage in m /kg.
Steam Turbines 259
_ ji(1 + A) k ( d ) 2 ..
m " — xvh * f - (9-12)
Let n be the speed of wheel in revolutions/minute, then,
14 - - 3 1 7 (d )3
0-9 x 1-694
Prcblem -12 : A group o f reaction blading consists o f three fixed and three moving
jje g s all o f the same height, and the mean blade speed o f the moving rings is 65 m/sec.
For the mean moving ring the inlet absolute and relative velocities are 80 and 30 m/sec.
respectively and the specific volume is 0156 rrP/kg. Determine for a flow o f 2 2 5 kg/sec.:
(a) the required area o f blade annulus, (b) the power developed by the group, (c) the
required enthalpy drop for the group if the steam expands with an efficiency ratio o f 08.
18
260 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Assume that both fixed and moving blades are o f the same section.
(a) If both fixed and moving blades are of the same section, then the moving blades
exit angle p2 will be equal to a i; also Vz must be so inclined as to enter the
fixed blades without shock, i.e. aa - p i. Thus, this is a Parson’s turbine.
The inlet triangle ABC is easily drawn, as the length of the three sides is known
A . ™ - 2 '2 5 2; ° ' 1 5 6 . 0 - 0 1 2 4 m 2
802 _ 30?
Actual enthalpy change per pair - 2 x - — ——r— — and
^ X I |UUU X U o
802 - 302
Actual enthalpy change for the group - 3 x 2 x
2 x 1 ,0 0 0 x 0-8
- 20625 kJ/kg
9.5 Re-heat Factor
In pressure compounding, the pressure of the steam is made to fall progressively
(step by step) in number of stages of the turbine from initial pressure pr to exhaust
pressure pb. If the friction in the blading is neglected, the expansion of steam can be
considered insentropic; however there is always considerable friction resisting the flow of
steam and hence the isentropic enthalpy drop in any stage is not fully utilized in raising
the kinetic energy, i.e. owing to friction there is a loss of kinetic energy. The kinetic
energy thus lost is converted into heat with the result that steam becomes dry or
superheated. This process of friction heating always causes an increase in entropy and,
consequently, slight increase in final enthalpy drop.
The behaviour of the steam as it passes through the successive stages is best studied
_ . , , A B + BzC + CzD + D zE + E zF
i.e. Re-heat factor, R.F. ----------------------^ --------------------
AG
The value of the re-heat factor varies with the type and efficiency of the turbine; an
average value is 1.05.
The effect of the re-heat factor is to increase the final enthalpy drop; so the efficiency
of the turbine is increased by the same ratio. This increase in efficiency due to friction
is very small compared with net loss in friction.
/. Turbine efficiency, yj = Stage efficiency x Re-heat factor
- Tistage x R.F.
The isentropic efficiency of the turbine or efficiency of all the stages combined is the
ratio of actual enthalpy drop to isentropic enthalpy drop of the steam. Actual or adiabatic
enthalpy drop is represented by the vertical line AH and isentropic enthalpy drop ( without
friction ) is represented by the line AG ( fig. 9.27 ).
The curve joining the points A, B2 , C2 , D2 , E2 , and F2 will represent the condition
of the steam at any instant. This curve is shown dotted and is called the condition curve
or line o f condition for the turbine.
Problem - 13 : Steam at 13 bar and 200°C is expanded in a turbinethrough six
stages o f equal isentropic enthalpy drop to a pressure o f 0.1bar. There is a 20%loss
of enthalpy drop due to friction throughout the expansion. Calculate the re-heat factor.
Steam Turbines 2Q3
Dividing AH eqtiaily jnto six equal parts, the pressure lines for each stage were found
to be 7, 3.5, 1.$ d& saigd 0.27 bar.
Isentropfc ;e#tiatpy drop for the remaining five stages is then found out from
H - c h ^ 'j^ q ^ s ^ w n in the table below *
Turbine? * Isentropic enthalpy drop:: loss 20% Adiabatic enthalpy drop
stage' ( without friction ) in each 1L W kJ/kg in each stage in kJ/kg
stage in kJ/kg .
! 1 AB = 122.8 V BBt = 24.56 AB1 = 98.24
2 BgC - 125.6 CCt = 25.1 B2C1 m 100.50
3 CgD = 129.8 DD1 = 26.0 C2D1 = 103.80
- 4 D2F = 131.9 EEi = 26.4 D2E 1 = 105.50
5 E2F = 131.9 FFi = 26.4 E2F1 = 105.50
6 FpG = 134.0 GGi = 26.8 F2G 1 = 107.20
where H4' and h4' are the enthalpies of steam and water respectively at point 4',
Actual working of a specific problem with the help of eqn. (i) and (ii), it will be found
that the effect of re-heating may not cause appreciable change in efficiency, but will
cause increase in the work done per kilogram of steam used. Refer illustrative problem
No. 14.
Steam Turbines 265
This process of re-heating may be repeated if required during the expansion of the
steam through the turbine in more than two stages.
The following advantages may be claimed by re-heating of steam :
(i) The quality of steam at exit from the turbine is improved; this reduces the erosion
(wearing out) trouble on the turbine blades.
(ii) Work per kilogram of steam increases and hence specifie steam consumption of
steam turbine decreases. This reduces the amount of water required in condenser of the
turbine.
Problem - 14 : Steam at a pressure o f 28 bar and 50°C superheat, is expanded
through a turbine to a pressure, where the steam is ju st dry saturated. It is then re-heated
at constant pressure to its original temperature, after which it completes its expansion
through the turbine to an exhaust pressure o f 0.2 bar. Calculate the ideal efficiency o f
the plant and the work done, (a) taking the re-heating into account, and (b) if the steam
was expanded direct to exhaust pressure without any re-heating.
(a) With re-heating :
From H - 0 chart ( fig. 9-30 ),
enthalpies, H i = 2,920 kJ/kg, Afe =
2,793 kJ/kg (corresponding to dry
saturated steam at pressure of 15.5
bar), H3 = 2,960 kJ/kg (corresponding
to pressure of 15.5 bar and tempera-
ture of 280.1°C), H4 = 2,230 kJ/kg
(corresponding to exhaust pressure of
0.2 bar); and h4 = 251.4 kJ/kg (en-
thalpy of water at 0-2 bar obtained
from steam tables).
Ideal efficiency with re-heating
Work done
Heat supplied
TURBINE
COOUttt
W A TC H
0 8 TU I
6OOUM0
4.W1II
HUT
•\
COMKMSATt
(t-Wi-i»a)h|
h, ©
•V
fh ^ y x
: wru
eUO STUM COMDMSATC
th - h2 579-97 - 359-86 .
W] - —------— = - — - - ■■■ ■■ = 0.0984 kg
bh - hz 2 ,596 - 359-86
For heater no.2
W2 ( H2 — h3 ) + W1 (h2 — h3 ) = h2 — h3 *
. ^ (hz - h3)( 1 - w^) (359-86 - 151-53) (1 - 0-0984) .
•• " Hz - ha “ 2 ,4 1 8 - 151-53 - 9
(ii) Total work done per kg of steam supplied to turbine
= ( H - H i ) + ( 1 - w i ) ( H i - H2 ) + ( 1 - w i- w2 ) ( H2 - Hs )
= (2,810 - 2,596) + ( 1 - 0.0984 ) ( 2,596 - 2,418 ) + ( 1 - 0.0984 - 0.0829 )
x ( 2,418 - 2,223 )
= 214 + ( 0.9016 x 178 ) + ( 0.8187 x 195 )
= 214 + 160.45 + 159.55 = 534.0 kJ/kg
(iii) Total heat supplied per kg of steam = H - hi = 2,810 - 579.97 = 2,230.03 kJ/kg
Overall thermal efficiency - Work done _ * 0.2394 or 23.94%
1 Heat supplied 2,230.03
tling. This reduces the efficiency of the turbine at part load. This relationship between
load and steam consumption for a turbine governed by throttling, is given by the well
known Willain’s straight line.
272 Elements of Heal Engines Vol. II
9.8.2 Nozzle control governing : Nozzle control is accomplished as shown in fig.
9-37. Poppet-type valves uncover as many steam passages as necessary to meet the
load, each passage serving a group of nozzles. The control governor has the advantage
of using steam at full boiler pressure.
In automatic governed land turbines, various arrangements of valves and groups of
nozzle are employed. The arrangements are shown diagrammatically in fig. 9-37. An
arrangement, often adopted with large steam turbines and with turbines using high-pressure
steam, is shown in fig. 9-37 (A). The nozzle are divided into group Np N2 and N3 and
the control valves Vv V2 and V3 respectively. The number of nozzle groups may vary
from three to five or more.
In fig. 9-37(A), three sets of nozzle N i, Afe and N3 having 10, 4 and 3 nozzles
respectively, are shown. Thus, there are 17 nozzles in all and for the sake of illustration
we shall assume that total power of the turbine in 340 kw. In order to simplify the
explanation, let it be assumed that the steam delivered by each nozzle under the full
pressure drop is sufficient to develop 20 kw. Actually this assumption is not justified.
Then, at full load all the 17 nozzles will be delivering steam at full pressure and the
turbine will operate at maximum efficiency. Similarly at 200 kw only the valve Vi controlling
the set of 10 nozzles would be open and at 280 kw valves Vi and V2 controlling the
set of 14 nozzles would be open.
In fig. 9.37(B) arrangement is similar to fig. 9-37(A) except that all the nozzle control
valves are arranged in a casting forming part of the cylinder or bolted thereto and
containing passages leading to the individual nozzle groups. Although this arrangement
is compact, the nozzles are contained in the upper half of the cylinder and the arc of
admission is usually limited to 180° or less. The number of nozzle groups varies from
four to twelve.
Steam Turbines 273
Fig. 9-37(C) shows an arrangement sometimes employed. The group of nozzle N i is
under the control of the valve V i, through which all the steam entering the turbine passes.
Further admission of steam is through the valves V2, V3 in turn. In some instances, the
nozzle group N1 has been arranged in the lower half of the turbine and supplied with
steam through a throttle valve Vi up to, say, half load. For loads greater than half load,
a further supply of steam is admitted through the valves V2, V3, etc..
Whatever method of construction is adopted, the nozzle control is necessarily restricted
to the first stage of the turbine, the nozzie areas in the other stages remaining constant.
It follows that, provided the condition of the steam at inlet to the second stage is not
materially affected by the changed condition in the first stage, the absolute pressure of
the steam in front of the second stage nozzles will be directly proportional to the rate
of steam flow through the turbine.
It is observed that there is a greater enthalpy drop available when nozzle control is
employed but this greater enthalpy drop is not efficiently utilised at part load. Comparative
tests shows that when there is a fairly large enthalpy drop in the first stage, nozzle
control reduces the stream consumption.
9.8.3. By-pass governing : In modern impulse turbines, and specially those operating
at very high pressure, the H.P. turbine comprises a number of stages of comparatively
small mean diameter. All such turbines are usually designed for a definite load termed
economical load, at which efficiency is the maximum. The economical load is made about
80% of the maximum continuous load.
Owing to the very small enthalpy drop in the first stage, it is not possible to employ
nozzle control governing efficiently. Further-more, it is desirable to have full admission in
the H.P. stage at the economic load so as to reduce losses.
These difficulties of regulation are overcome by the employment of by-pass governing
as shown in fig. 9-38. All the steam entering the turbine passes through the inlet valve
(which is under the control of the speed governor) and enters the nozzle box or steam
chest. In certain cases, for example, this would suffice for all loads upto the economical
274 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
load, the governing being, effected by throttling. For loads greater than the economical
loads, a by-pass valve is opened allowing steam to pass from the first stage nozzle box
into the steam belt and so into the nozzle of the fourth stage. The by-pass valve is not
opened until the lift of the valve exceeds a certain amount; also as the load is diminishing
the by-pass valve closes first. The by-pass valve is under the control of the speed
governor for all loads within its range.
9.9. Special Forms of Steam Turbines
There are several industries such as paper making, textile, chemical, dyeing, sugar
refining, carpet making, etc., where combined use of power and heating for process work
is required. It is wasteful to generated steam for power and process purposes separately,
because about 70 per cent of the heat supplied for power purposes will normally be
carried away by the cooling water. But if the engine or turbine is operated with a normal
exhaust pressure, then the temperature of the exhaust steam is too low to be of any
use for heating purposes. By suitable modification of the initial steam pressure and of
the exhaust pressure, it would be possible to generate the required power and still have
available for process work a large quantity of heat in the exhaust steam. It follows,
therefore, that from the practical stand-poirrt, the thermal efficiency of a combined power
and heating plant may approach unity.
There are two types of turbines employed in combined power and process plants,
namely, the back-pressure turbines and the steam extraction or pass-out turbines.
9.9.1 Back-pressure turbine : The back-pressure turbine takes steam at boiler pressure
and exhausts into a pipe which leads neither to a condenser nor to atmosphere, but to
a process plant or other turbine. This may be employed in cases Where the power
generated by expanding steam from an economical initial pressure down to the heating
pressure is equal to or greater than, the power requirements. Usually the exhaust steam
from the turbine is superheated and in most cases it is not suitable for process work,
partly because it is impossible to control its temperature and partly because of the fact
that rate of the heat transfer from superheated steam to the heating surface is lower
than that of saturated steam. For fhese reasons, a de-superheater is often used.
It is unlikely that the steam required for power generation will always be equal to
that required for process work, and some means of controlling the exhaust steam pressure,
must be employed if variations in the pressure and therefore of the steam saturation
temperature are to be avoided.
In order to increase the power capacity of a existing installation, a high pressure
boiler and a back-pressure turbine are added to it. This added high pressure boiler
supplies steam to back-pressure turbine which exhausts into the old low pressure turbine.
9.9.2 Pass-out or extraction turbine : In many cases the power available from a
back-pressure turbine through which the whole of the heating steam flows, is appreciably
less than that required in the factory. This may be due to the small heating or process
requirements, to a relatively high exhaust pressure, or a combination of both. In such a
case it would be possible to install a back-pressure turbine to provide the heating steam
and a condensing turbine to generate the extra power; but it is possible and usual, to
combine functions of both machines in a single turbine. Such a machine is called pass-
out or extraction turbine. In this, at some point intermediate between inlet and exhaust,
some steam is extracted or passed out for process or heating purposes.
Since the power and speed of the turbine, as well as the quantity of process steam,
are controlled by external conditions, while in the turbine the two are more or less related,
it is obvious that some special form of governing is required. This usually takes the form
of a sensitive governor which controls admission of steam to the high-pressure section,
Steam Turbines 275
so as to maintain constant speed - regardless of the power or process requirements.
9.9.3 Exhaust or low-pressure turbine : If a continuous supply of low pressure
steam is available - for example from reciprocating steam engines exhaust - the efficiency
of the whole plant may be improved by fitting an exhaust or low-pressure turbine. The
exhaust turbine is chiefly used where there are number of reciprocating steam engines
which work intermittently (not continuously); and, of necessity, are non-condensing, such
as rolling mills and colliery engines. The exhaust steam from these engines, which would
otherwise pass into the atmosphere and be wasted, is expanded in an exhaust turbine
and then condensed.
In such a turbine some form of heat accumulator is required to collect the more or
less irregular supply of low pressure steam from the non-condensing steam engines and
deliver it to the turbine at the rate required. In some cases when the supply of low
pressure steam falls below the demand, live steam from the boiler, with its pressure and
temperature reduced, is used to make up the deficiency.
The pressure drop may be obtained by means of a reducing valve, or for large flows,
more economically by expansion through another turbine. Sometimes the high-pressure
and low-pressure turbines are combined on a common spindle. This combined unit is
known as a mixed pressure turbine because of two supply pressures.
9.10 Material of C onstruction iii Steam turbines
The different parts of steam turbine work under varying service conditions. For long
operating life and low cost, appropriate material selection for each part is the essential
requirement for an economic design. The most important part is that which meets with
the entering steam having high temperature and pressure. The most commonly used
materials for different components are as under :
Casing and steam and nozzle chests are usually prepared from steel castings. For
steam temperature upto 450°C, steel with 0.3% C, 1.0% Mn, 0.6% Si, 0.06% S, 0.05%
P, is used. Further for operating steam temperatures between 565° and 600°C, austenite
steel is used. Its composition is 0.08 C, 16.0% Cr, 13.0% Ni, 2.0% Mo, and 0.8% Cb.
a
Rotors are assemblies of shafts, discs or drums and blades or buckets. Each of these
have a wide choice of materials. Shaft material for low temperature may be hot rolled
heat treated carbon steel bar stock or alloy steel forgings. For temperature upto 570°C,
shaft is made from forging with composition 0.37%C, 1.0% Mn, 0.35%Si, 0.035% S,
0.035%P, 1,25% Cr, 1.5% Mo, 0.5% Ni, and 0.3% V. Above 570°C temperature, the
shaft is of ferritic alloy forging with composition 0.3% C, 0.5% Ni, 1.0% Cr, and 1.25%
Mo. For wheels for 345°C temperature, composition is 0.45% C, 0.9% Mn, 0.15% Si,
0.035% S, and 0.035% P.
Blades are made of cold rolled drawn steel. Usually stainless steel having 0.06% C,
0.,25% Mn,. 0.5 Si, 0.03% S, 0.03% P, 11.5% Cr, 0.4% Mo, 0.5% Ni is used.
For low temperature service, nozzles, rings and diaphragms are often of cast iron on
mechanite. As temperature goes higher, materials range through steel plate, cast steel,
steel and stainless steel forging. Some diaphragms are rolled, some are cast from aluminum
chromium steel.
Seals and gland packings are made from carbon to stainless steel, leaded bronze,
leaded nickel brass, non-hardened stainless iron and corrosion resistant chrome-molybderium
materials, as per the requirements. Springs for holding packing are of inconel, monel or
stainless steel.
Bearings are usually cast on bronze, steel or cast iron backs with inner lining of high
tin-babbit. Journals and collars are usually integral part of the shaft and are of the same
19
276 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
material as the shaft. Some times they are built up of sprayed metal to make a hard
surface.
The bolts of high pressure casing raises special problems due to high pressures
because of creep. Gradual elongation under stress relaxes bolts hold on the casing joint.
They are usually of 13-chrome-tungsten-molybdenum-vanadium alloy steel for higher
temperature ( above 450°C ). This material resists temper embrittlement and oxidation
and has higher notch-bar rupture strength.
Piping range from carbon steel for temperature below 450°C and medium pressures,
to stainless steel of temperature upto 600°C with heavy thick walls.
Inlet pipe seals for turbine in 540°C - 565°C range are of stellite which is an alloy
of chromium, cobalt, molybdenum and tungsten. These sealing rings allow pipe connections
between separated steam chest and nozzle chests to move axially and transversely during
start ups and shut downs. Piping oxidation at joints must be prevented. It freezes the
sealing rings, resulting rigid connection, transmits piping expansion and contraction forces
to the turbine casing, causing serious misalignment.
Governing valves are usually provided at the front end of the turbine and are made
of carbon-chrome alloy steel. Steam must resist oxidation to prevent freezing in packings.
30 40 455 - 171
60 60 482 - 196
Most of the turbines for power generation operate at 3,000 r.p.m. The final feed temperature
lies between 0.7 and 0.73 times the initial steam saturation temperature and it has proved to
be economical. The fairly general features of power generation turbines are as under:
(i) Steam chests are usually placed alongside the high pressure turbine.
(ii) Velocity compounding is done in first stage of H.P. turbine in order to reduce the
pressure and temperature of steam to which H.P. turbine cylinder is exposed.
(iii) Some form of turning gear at the coupling between L.P. turbine and generator,
is provided for slow turning of turbine during warming up process and in cooling down
process before coming to rest. This is required to prevent bending of rotor shaft.
(iv) In last two or three stages of L.P. turbine, draining arrangement of water flung
off the blades by centrifugal action, is made.
(v) Cylinders are supplied in such a way that freedom of expansion and contraction
due to temperature changes is adequate and simultaneously it does not disturb the vertical
Steam Turbines 277
Fig. 9-39
alignment, i.e., cylinder and rotor remain concentric. In double shell construction, the inner-
shell is so supported that they remain co-axial and hence concentric with the rotor.
Fig. 9-40.
278 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
(vi) When wheels are shrunk on the rotor-spindle, the running speed of the rotor may
be above the first transverse critical speed.
Typical construction of 200 MW steam turbine is shown in figs. 9-39, 9-40 and 9.41.
Some of the details of three cylinders tandem turbine operating at 3000 r.p.m. are :
Inlet steam pressure ... 160 bar
Inlet steam temperature 565°C
Reheat temperature 538°C
No. of stages of reheating 6
Final temperature of feed heating 238°C
Vacuum 724 mm of Hg.
Fig. 9-40 shows H.P. turbine, part of which is of double-shell construction. Steam enters the
nozzle box through four radial pipes B. After partial expansion in eight stages of impulse blading,
the steam flows in reverse direction in the space between inner and outer space to enter the
last four impulse stages for further expansion. Then it goes for reheating. Steam from reheater
enters l.P. turbine nozzle box C of a short inner cylinder B (fig. 9-40) by way of four radial steam
pipes. This cylinder B contains three impulse stages and is located by pads and keys so that
while being free to expand and contract due to temperature changes, it remains concentric with
the outer cylinder and with rotor. They are followed by five more impulse stages in which steam
further expands. At this point steam flow divides. About one-third steam passes through single
flow L.P. turbine arranged in the same casing as the l.P. stages, while about two-third of the
steam passes through two connecting pipes A in to the centre of the double flow L.P. turbine
as shown in fig. 9-41. All three l.P. expansions exhaust into common exhaust chamber and
single shell condenser. Steam is bled from double flow L.P. cylinder for feed heating but not
from the corresponding stages in l.P. turbine casing.
The H.P. and l.P. rotors are solid forging. The L.P. turbine have disc shrunk on and
keyed to the shaft. The first stage of each L.P. turbine is impulse and the remaining
stages have reaction blading. The active length of the blades in last stage is about 70
cm.
The three rotors
are coupled together
by “solid” coupling E
as shown. One thrust
block Fis also provided
between H.P. and l.P.
cylinders to minimize
the differential expan-
sion between rotating
and stationary parts.
The overall length of
the turbine is about 17
metres.
Full admission is
done to all stages of
H.P. turbine at all
times. This is done be-
cause vibrations may
Fig. 9-41. occur due to partial ad-
Steam Turbines 279
mission. The outer casing of the double flow L.P. turbine is fabricated, due to their large
size and difficulty in transporta-
tion. The inner casing carrying
diaphragms and fixed blades is
of steel castings. The main oil
pump is double inlet C.F. pump
G driven directly by turbine.
9.12 Other General Purpose
Steam Turbines
9.12.1
densing type : Fig. 9-42 show»
this type of turbine. First stage
consists of velocity compounding
and im pulse blading, w hile
remaining are reaction stages.
Dummy piston at the end of the
first stage helps the thrust bear-
Fig 9-42 ing counter balance the un-
balanced force of reaction stage. Cylinder is made up of forged sections welded together.
After heat treatment, cylinder is slotted to receive reaction bladings. Steam is removed
for feed heating at four points. This type is used for power reaction generation.
Fig. 9-43
9.12.2 Single stage multi-stage condensing type : Fig. 9-43 shows this type of
turbine. First stage is velocity compounded and is followed by ten impulse stages. Ball
thrust bearing keeps shaft aligned axially. On left, a centrifugal governor is provided to
control steam flow. This unit is fitted with non-automatic extraction openings to bleed
steam for feed water heating. Carbon ring seals are used at diaphragm and casing glands.
9.12.3 Radial flow double rotation turbine : Fig. 9-44 shows this type of turbine.
This unit drives two A.C. generators, one on each shaft. Generators are coupled together
electrically, to keep the oppositely rotating shafts in synchronism for best blade speed to
steam speed ratio of the reaction stages. Multi-disc turbine is so arranged that the high
pressure steam enters from below. It first flows into the annular steam chest, then through
holes in the overhung blade disc to the centre area at the shaft. Steam then flows radially
outward through first concentric set of blades. Then it turns 180° to flow radially inward
280 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
through a second set of concentric
blades. It again makes a 180° turn to
flow radially outward through the third
set of blades. From here steam flows
into annular space leading to exhaust
pipe at bottom of the turbine. By-pass
valve to the right of disc in annular
steam chest lets high pressure steam
to skip first set of blades to enter the
second set, providing overload operation
at reduced efficiency. Maximum power
developed by this type of turbine is
7,500 kW. It can be designed for auto-
matic or non-automatic extraction of
partly expanded steam. Strip type
Labyrinth seals on the moving blade
rings reduce the steam leakage past
the blades, while concentric Labyrinth
seals between over hung discs and
inner casings cut down leakage short
Fifl-9’44 circuiting the blading. Labyrinth gland
seals at the two shafts, control steam flow through these clearances. This unit is used
for only power generation.
' r
Fig. 9-45
Fig. 9-46
Fig. 9-46 shows multi-stage turbine. First stage is velocity compounded and it uses
two separate wheels. This type may be condensing type and runs at 10,000 r.p.m. It
has carbon ring seals ring oiled journal bearings and a double thrust ball bearing to
control position of the shaft.
Fig. 9-47
Fig. 9-47 shows variable speed turbine. Usually this type is used to drive the compressor
with range of speed 3,500 to 6,000 r.p.m. They are usually condensing type. In this type,
as shown in fig. 9-47, two velocity compounded stages are provided.
282 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
Tutorial - 9
1. Delete the phrase which is not applicable in the following statements :
(i) The thermal efficiency of a steam turbine is higher/lower than that of a steam engine.
(ii) Steam turbine is an internal/external combustion thermal prime mover.
(iii) Balancing is perfect in case of steam turbine/steam engine.
(iv) Steam turbines work on modified Rankine/Rankine cycle.
(v) A steam turbine develops power at a uniform/changing rate and hence does not need any flywheel.
(vi) In an impulse turbine, steam expands in nozzles/blades.
(vii) The speed of simple impulse wheel is too high/low for practical purposes.
(viii) The steam turbines are mostly of axial/radial flow type.
(ix) In case of an impulse turbine, the relative velocity at outlet is greater/less than that at inlet, due to
friction. ,
(x) If friction is neglected in case.of an impulse turbine, relative velocity at inlet and relative velocit/ at
outlet are equal/different in magnitude.
[Delete : (i) lower, (ii) internal, (iii) steam engines, (iv)
modified Rankine, (v\ changing, (vi) blades, (vii) low,
(viii) radial (ix) greater, (x) different].
2. Fill in the blanks to complete the following statements :
(i) The two main types of steam turbines are ________ and ______ .
(ii) Speed obtained in case of steam turbines may be as high as r.p.m.
(iii) The method of abstracting steam at certain section of turbine is known as _______.
(iv) In an impulse turbine the expansion of steam takes place in the ______ only, where the pressure
decreases and velocity increases.
(v) In an impulse turbine, the pressure of steam remains constant while it passes over the of the
turbine.
(vi) In case of reaction steam turbine, the steam expands as it flows over th e __________ .
(vii) An actual reaction steam turbine is a combined ______ arid _______ steam turbine.
(viii) In an actual reaction turbine, steam expands partly in stationary blades and partly as it flows over
the _____ ______ .
(ix) Degree of reaction is defined as the ratio of isentropic enthalpy drop in the moving blades to isentropic
enthalpy drop in th e ___________ of the reaction turbine.
• (x) In case of reaction turbines, since the steam expands continuously in both the fixed and moving blades,
its relative velocity does not remain constant b u t due to the expansion of steam.
(xi) The velocity of a simple impulse steam turbine is too _____ for practical purposes and as such the
speed has to be _______ by some suitable means.
(xii) The ______ turbine was the first impulse steam turbine successfully built in 1889.
[(i)impulse, reaction; (ii) 30,000, (iii) bleeding, (iv) noz-
zles, (v) blades, (vi) moving blades, (vii) impulse, reac-
tion, (viii) moving blades, (ix) entire stage, (x) increases,
(xi) high, reduced, (xii) De Laval]
3. Select the correct phrase out of the phrases given below for each statement :
(i) In a Parsons reaction turbine, the relative velocity at outlet is
(a) less than that at the inlet,
(b) greater than that at the inlet,
(c) equal to that at the inlet,
(d) equal to blade speed.
(ii) In the impulse turbine the steam is expanded
(a) in nozzles,
(b) in blades,
(c) partly in nozzles and partly in blades,
(d) neither in nozzles nor in blades.
(iii) In a condensing steam turbine the steam is exhausted
(a) at atmospheric pressure,
Steam Turbines 283
(b) below atmospheric pressure,
(c) above atmospheric pressure,
(d) at any pressure.
(iv) De Laval turbine is a
(a) simple reaction turbine,
(b) simple impulse turbine,
(c) velocity compounded impulse turbine,
(d) pressure compounded impulse turbine.
(v) Steam turbine works on
(a) Rankine cycle,
(b) modified Rankine cycle,
(c) Bell-Coleman cycle,
(d) Carnot cycle.
(vi) Parsons reaction turbine is basically
(a) an impulse-reaction turbine,
(b) a pressure compounded impulse turbine,
(c) a velocity compounded impulse turbine,
(d) a pure reaction turbine.
(vii) Cuctis turbine is basically
(a) a velocity compounded impulse turbine,
(b) a pressure compounded impulse turbine,
(c) a simple impulse turbine,
(d) an impulse-reaction turbine,
(e) a pure reaction turbine.
(viii) Rateau turbine is basically
(a) a velocity compounded impulse turbine,
(b) a pressure compounded impulse turbine,
(c) an impulse-reaction turbine,
(d) a pure reaction turbine.
(ix) The main advantage of reaction turbine as compared to impulse turbine^ is
(a) high blade speed,
(b) low blade speed,
• (c) high efficiency,
(d) high output
(x) Most widely used method of governing steam turbine is
(a) throttle governing,
(b) nozzle control governing,
(c) by-pass governing.
[(i) b, (ri) ®. (»') b. C'v) b. (v) a, (vi) a, (vii) a, (viii) b, (ix) b, (x) a]
4. Steam issues from the nozzles of a single impulse turbine at 850 m/sec. on to blades moving at 350 m/sec
The blades tip angles at inlet and exit are each 36*. The steam is to enter the blades without shock and
the flow over the blades is frictionless. Determine : (a) the angle at which the nozzles are inclined to the
direction of motion of the blades, and (b) the diagram efficiency. [(a) 22*; (b) 846%]
5. Steam leaves the nozzle of a single impulse wheel turbine at 900 m/sec. The nozzle angle is 20* and the
blade angles are 30* at inlet and outlet. What is the blade velocity and the work done per kilogram of
steam ? Assume the flow over the blades as frictionless. [312 m/sec; 333 kJ]
6. A stage in an impulse turbine consists of converging nozzles and one ring of moving blades. The nozzle
angles are 22* and the moving blades have both tip angles of 35*. If the velocity of steam at the exit
from the nozzles is 450 m/sec., find the blade speed so that the steam shall pass on to the blades without
shock, and the stage efficiency, neglecting frictional losses, if the blades run at this speed
If the relative velocity of the steam is reduced by 15% in passing through the blade ring, find the
actual efficiency and the thrust on the shaft, when the blade ring develops 36.8 kW.
[176 m/sec; 83-6%; 77-6%, 11 7 N)
284 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
7. An impulse turbine with a single row wheel is to develop 99-3 kW, the blade speed being 150 m/sec. A
mass of 2 kg of steam per second is to flow from the nozzles at a speed of 350 m/sec. The velocity
coefficient of the blades may be assumed to be 0-8 while the steam is to flow axially after passing through
the blade ring. Determine the nozzle angle, the blade angles at inlet and exit assuming no shock. Estimate
also the diagram efficiency of the blading.
[nozzles angle - 18-7*; Inlet blade angle - 31-75; exit
blade angle = 28-3*; Diagram efficiency * 81%]
8. Compare steam turbine with the reciprocating steam engine on the basis of the mechanical construction.
What are the advantages of steam turbine plant over the reciprocating steam engine plant ?
A De Laval steam turbine has a wheel 30 cm mean diameter and runs at 12,000 r.p.m. The nozzles
are inclined at 20* to the plane of the wheel and escape velocity of steam from nozzles is 850 m/sec.
There is a 10% loss of velocity in the blades and the inlet and outlet angles of the blades are equal.
Determine :
(a) the blade angles,
(b) the absolute velocity of the steam at the exit from the blades, and
(c) the wheel or diagram efficiency. [(a) 25-5*; (b) 446 m/sec; (c) 60-3%]
9. The steam from the nozzles of a single-stage impulse turbine has a velocity of 800 m/sec. and are inclined
at 20* to the direction of motion of the blades. Determine the necessary inlet angle of the blades so that
no shock occurs for a blade speed of 300 m/sec.
Assuming that friction reduces the relative velocity of the steam by 10% as it passes over the blades
and the blade angles are equal, find the work done per kg of steam supplied.
131 -2*; 257-5 kJ)
10. The nozzle of a turbine stage delivers 4 kg of steam per second at an angle of 18* and a speed of 425
m/sec. If the blading outlet angle is 22* and the blade velocity coefficient is 0-76, determine the blade
power developed and the blade inlet angle. Take the peripheral speed of the wheel as 170 m/sec.
[288 kW; 29-31
11. At one stage in impulse turbine the steam is expanded from 8-5 bar and 95% dry, to 3bar. Ifthe flow
through the nozzle is frictionless adiabatic,find the velocity of the steam as it leaves thenozzle. If the
nozzle is inclined at 20* to the direction of the blades and the blade angle at exit is 30* to the same
direction, the blade speed is 0-4 of the steam velocity at exit from the nozzle, and the velocity of steam
relative to the blades suffers a 10 per cent drop in passing over the blades, find thepower developed
when the steam flow is 4-5 kg/sec.
[604 m/sec; 681 kW]
12. The outlet area of the nozzles in a simple impulse turbine is 22-5 cm2 and steam leaves them 0-9 dry at
3 bar and at 750 m/sec. The nozzles are inclined at 20* to the plane of the wheel, the blade speed is
300 m/sec., the blade outlet angles are 30* and the blade velocity coefficient is 0-82. Calculate : (a) the
power developed in the blades, (b) the steam used per kW-hour, (c) the diagram efficiency, (d) the axial
thrust on the shaft, and (e) loss of kinetic energy due to blade friction.
[(a) 680 kW; (b) 16 kg/kW-hour; (c) 79-6%; (d) 181 N; (e) 114 kJ]
13. In a De Laval steam turbine the blade angles are 30* at inlet and exit. The steam leaves the nozzle at
380 m/sec. and the blade speed is 75 m/sec. If the relative velocity of the steam is reduced by 15 per
cent during its passage through the blades, find : (a) the nozzle angle, and (b) the blade efficiency.
[(a) 24-4*; (b) 52-3%]
14. Steam leaves the nozzle of a simple impulse turbine at 900 m/sec. The nozzle angle is 22*, and the blade
angles are 30* at inlet and outlet, and the blade velocity coefficient is 80 per cent. Calculate :
(a) the blade velocity, and
(b) the steam flow in kg per hour if the power developed by turbine is 235 kW.
[(a) 250 m/sec; (b) 3,225 kg per hr.]
15. The steam supplied to a single-row impulse wheel turbine expands in the nozzle over such a range that
the adiabatic enthalpy drop is 88 kJ/kg. The nozzle efficiency is 93% and nozzle angle is 15 . If the blading
speed is 175 m/sec., the outlet blade angle is 18* and the velocity coefficient for the blading is 0-82,
determine : (a) suitable inlet angle for the moving blade, (b) the speed of the steam after discharge from
the blading, (c) the diagram efficiency, and (d) the power developed by the turbine if 2,750 kg of steam
per hour is supplied to the turbine.
[(a) 25-8*; (b) 62 m/sec; (c) 86-2%; (d) 54 kW]
16. In a stage of an impulse turbine provided with a single-row wheel, the mean diameter of the blade ring
is80 cm and thespeed of rotation is 3,000 r.p.m. The steam issues from she nozzle with a velocity of
275 m per sec and the nozzle angle is 20*. The inlet and outlet angles of the blades are equal, and due
Steam Turbines 285
to friction in the blade channels the relative velocity of the steam at outlet from the blade is 0-86 times
the relative velocity of steam entering the blades. What is the power developed hn the blading when the
axial thrust on the blades is 120 N ?
(285 kW]
17. The mean diameter of the blades of impulse turbine with a single-row wheel is one metre and the speed
of rotation is 3,000 r.p.m. The nozzle angle is 18*, the ratio of blade speed to steam speed is 0-42, the
ratio of the relative velocity at outlet from the blades to that at inlet is ,0-84. The outlet angle of blade is
tobe 3* less than the inlet angle. The steam flow is 7 kg persecond.
Determine : (a) the tangential force on the blades, (b) the power developed in the blades, (c) the blading
efficiency, and (d) the axial thrust on the blades.
[(a) 2,600 N; (b) 407 kW; (c) 83-2%; (d) 190 N]
18. Steam issues from nozzle of a De Laval turbine with a velocity of 1,000 m/sec. The nozzle angle is 20*,
the mean blade velocity is 365 m/sec. and the inlet and outlet angles of the blades are equal. The steam
flow through the turbine is 800 kg per hour. The ratio of relative velocity at outlet from the blades to that
at inlet is 0-8.
Calculate :
(a) the blade angles,
(b) the relative velocity of the steam entering the blades,
(c) the tangential force on the blades,
(d) the power developed, and
(e) the blade efficiency
[(a) 30-8*; (b) 669 m/sec; (c) 230-5 N; (d) 84 kW; (e) 75-8%]
19. Steam issues from the nozzles of a De Lavalturbine with a velocity of 920 m per sec. The nozzle angle
is 20*, the mean diameter of the blades is 25 cm and the speed of rotation is 20,000 r.p.m. The steam
flow through the turbine is 0-18 kg per sec. If the ratio of relative velocity at outlet from the blades to that
at inlet is 0-82, calculate :
(a) The tangential force on blades,
(b) The work done on blades per sec.,
(c) The power of the wheel,
(d) The efficiency of blading,
(e) The axial force on blades, and
(f) The inlet angle of blades for shcokless inflow of steam.
Assume that the outlet angle of blades is equal to the inlet angle.
[(a) 197 N; (b) 51-8 kJ; (c) 51-8 kW; (d) 68%; (e) 10-1 N; (f) 27-6*]
20. Enumerate the types of steam turbines. Explain why impulse turbines are compounded and explain with
diagrams the methods of compounding.
21. Explain with the aid of neat sketches the various methods adopted to reduce the rotor speed of the impulse
steam turbines.
Enumerate the advantages and disadvantages of velocity compounded impulse turbines.
In a velocity compounded impulse turbine, the initial speed of the steam is 700 m per sec and turbine
uses 4-5 kg of steam per second. The nozzle discharge angle is 16* and the outlet angles for the blades
are :
First moving blades 20*, fixed blades 25*, and second moving blades 28*.
The blade speed is 150 m/sec and the ratio between the relative velocities at the outlet and inlet edges
of the blades is 0-9. Draw the velocity diagrams to a scale of 1 cm = 25 m/sec. and determine : (a) the
power developed, (b) the diagram or blade efficiency, and (c) the axial thrust on moving blades.
[(a) 864 kW; (b) 78-4%; (c) 292 3 N]
22. The outlet angle of the blade of Parsons turbine (reaction turbine) is 20* and the axial velocity of flow of
steam is 0-5 times the mean velocity of the blade. Draw the velocity diagram for a stage consisting of
one fixed and one moving row of the blades, given that the mean diameter is 70 cm and that speed of
rotation is 3,000 r.p.m. Find the inlet angles of the blades if steam enters without shock.
If the mean steam pressure is 5-5 bar and the blade height is 6-25 cm, and the steam is dry saturated,
find the power developed per pair of blades.
[53* 54’; 457 kW]
23. A reaction turbine runs at 300 r.p.m. and its steam consumption is 15,500 kg/hour. The pressure of steam
at a certain pair is 1-8 bar, and its dryness is 0-92. The power developed by the pair is 3-31 kW and the
286 Elements of Heat Engines Vol. II
discharge blade tip angle is 20* for both fixed and moving blades, and the axial velocity of flow is 0-72
of the blade speed. Find the drum diameter and the blade height Neglect blade thickness.
[92-55 cm; 10-45 cm]
24. What is the object of compounding in steam turbines ? Distinguish between velocity compounding and
pressure compounding. With the help of suitable curves show the variations of pressure and velocity in the
above methods of compounding.
25. Write briefly on the following, giving sketches wherever necessary :
(a) The reason for velocity compounding and pressure compounding of steam turbines.
(b) Principle of working of reaction steam turbines, and
(c) Blade friction and its effects on velocity diagrams of impulse steam turbines.
26. An impulse stage of a turbine has two rows of moving blades separated by fixed blades. The steam leaves
the nozzles at an angle of 20* with the direction of motion of the blades. The exit angles are : 1st moving
30*; fixed, 22*; 2nd moving 30*.
If the adiabatic enthalpy drop for the nozzle is 188 kJ/kg and the nozzle efficiency is 90%, find the
blade speed necessary if the final velocity of the steam is to be axial. Assume a loss of 15% in the
relative velocity for all blade passages. Find also blade efficiency and the stage efficiency.
[116-4 m/sec; 70-04;% 63-6%]
27. Define the term "re-heat factor” used in connection with steam turbines.
In a four-stage pressure compounded turbine the steam is supplied at pressure of 24 bar and superheated
to a temperature of 350*C. The exhaust pressure is 0-07 bar, and the overall turbine efficiency is 0*72.
Assuming that the work is shared equally between the stages, and that the condition line is straight
estimate: (a) the stage pressures, (b) the efficiency of each stage, and (c) the re-heat factor.
[(a) 7 bar, 1-84 bar, 0*4 bar; (b) 61%, 65-5%, 68-8%, 73-5%; (c) 107]
28. Steam at 21 bar with 60*C of superheat expands in a turbine to 3*5 bar. It is then re-heated at this
pressure to its original temperature and finally expanded in a second turbine to 0*15 bar, the efficiency
being 0*8 for each expansion. Sketch the enthalpy - entropy diagram for the whole process and mark on
it the heat content of the steam at the beginning and end of each expansion. Determine the final condition
of the steam and the work done per kilogram of steam.
[0*977; 774 kJ/kg]
29. Explain the process of feed heating by ‘bleeding.* Show that in general, bleeding improves the efficiency
of steam plant.
Find the theoretical thermal efficiency of a steam plant working between the pressures 10 bar, steam
being dry saturated, and 0*06 bar, (a) without bleeding, (b) when the correct mass of steam is bled at 1-5
bar.
[(a) 28-7%; (b) 30-0%]
30. What are advantage of feed heating by bled steam ?
A steam turbine is fitted with a regenerative feed water heating system in which the heating is performed
by steam extracted from the turbine at two different pressures. The heating steam, condensed to water in
the high-pressure heater, is drained into the steam space of the low-pressure heater and, together with the
water condensed in the low-pressure heater, is then drained to the condenser. The following table gives
particulars of the process :
Total enthalpy in kJ/kg
Steam entering turbine •• 3,232
Steam entering high-pressure heater .• 2,830
Steam entering low-pressure heater •• 2,604
Steam entering condenser •• 2,324
Temperature
Feed water leaving hot-well and enteringlow-pressure heater . . 28 C
Feed water entering high-pressure heater . . 75 C
Feed water leaving high-pressure heater • • 123 C
/Drain water leaving low-pressure heater andentering condenser . . 78 C
Drain water leaving high-pressure heater • • 127 C
Assuming that the mass of feed water passing through the heaters is equal to the mass of steam
entering the turbine, each being 13,500 kg per hour, find the mass of bled steam passing per hour into
each heater, the power developed by steam in the turbine, and the thermal efficiency of the process.
[heater No.1 - 1,180 kg/hr; Heater No. 2 - 1,070 kg/hr; Power = 3,154 kW; Thermal eff. = 30-97%]
Steam Turbines 287
31. Explain what do you understand by bleeding as applied to steam turbine practice.
32. Write short notes on the following, giving sketches wherever necessary :
(i) Governing of steam turbines, (ii) Choice of materials for turbine blades, (iii) Back-pressure steam
turbines, (iv) Steam extraction turbines, (v) Balancing end thrust of reaction steam turbines, (vi) Exhaust
steam turbines, and (vii) Turbines for power generation.
33. Write detailed note on the governing of steam turbines.
34. What is the material of construction in the steam turbines components ? Suggest the material for low cost
and long life of critical parts of steam turbines.
35. Illustrate some examples of mechanical drive steam turbines.
Steam Tables 289
STEAM TABLES
PROPERTIES OF DRY AND SATURATED STEAM
(Pressure Table)
(Pressure Table)
(Pressure Table)
(Pressure Table)
(Pressure Table)
(Pressure Table)
(Pressure Table)